BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Automotive

328i xDrive (2010) - Automotive BMW - Free user manual and instructions

Find the device manual for free 328i xDrive (2010) BMW in PDF.

📄 200 pages English EN Download 💬 AI Question
Notice BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - page 3
Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.

User questions about 328i xDrive (2010) BMW

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

The email remains private: it is only used to notify you if someone responds to your question.

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Automotive in PDF format for free! Find your manual 328i xDrive (2010) - BMW and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. 328i xDrive (2010) by BMW.

USER MANUAL 328i xDrive (2010) BMW

Owner's Manual for Vehicle

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - 1

The Ultimate Driving Machine

Contents

A-Z

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - A-Z - 1

text_image M. NC 4673 Online Edition for Part no. 01 41 2 604 304 - © 02/10 BMW AG

328i 328i xDrive 335i 335i xDrive 335is M3

Owner's Manual for Vehicle

Congratulations, and thank you for choosing a BMW.

Thorough familiarity with your vehicle will provide you with enhanced control and security when you drive it. We therefore have this request:

Please take the time to read this Owner's Manual and familiarize yourself with the information that we have compiled for you before starting off in your new vehicle. It contains important data and instructions intended to assist you in gaining maximum use and satisfaction from your BMW's unique range of technical features. The manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance operating safety and contribute to maintaining the value of your BMW throughout an extended service life.

This manual is supplemented by a Service and Warranty Information Booklet for US models or a Warranty and Service Guide Booklet for Canadian models.

We wish you an enjoyable driving experience.

BMW Group

Reprinting, including excerpts, only with the

written consent of BMW AG, Munich.

US English II/10

Printed on environmentally friendly paper,

bleached without chlorine, suitable for recycling.

Contents

The quickest way to find special topics is to consult the index, refer to page 184.

Using this Owner's Manual

4 Notes

6 Reporting safety defects

At a glance

10 Cockpit

Controls

18 Opening and closing
36 Adjustments
47 Transporting children safely
50 Driving
71 Controls overview
79 Technology for driving comfort and safety
91 Lamps
97 Climate
104 Practical interior accessories

Driving tips

120 Things to remember when driving

Mobility

128 Refueling
130 Wheels and tires
144 Under the hood
148 Maintenance
150 Care
154 Replacing components
159 Giving and receiving assistance
164 Indicator and warning lamps

Reference

178 Technical data
184 Everything from A to Z

Notes

Using this Owner's Manual

We have tried to make all the information in this Owner's Manual easy to find. The fastest way to find specific topics is to refer to the detailed index at the back of the manual. If you wish to gain an initial overview of your vehicle, you will find this in the first chapter.

Should you sell your BMW some day, please remember to hand over the Owner's Manual as well; it is an important component of your vehicle.

Additional sources of information

Should you have any other questions, your BMW center will be glad to advise you at any time.

Information on BMW, e.g. on technical aspects, can also be found on the Internet at www.bmwusa.com.

Symbols used

Indicates precautions that must be followed precisely in order to avoid the possibility of personal injury and serious damage to the vehicle.

Indicates information that will assist you in gaining the optimum benefit from your vehicle and enable you to care more effectively for your vehicle.

Refers to measures that can be taken to help protect the environment.

Marks the end of a specific item of information.

* Indicates special equipment, country-specific equipment and optional accessories, as well as equipment and functions not yet available at the time of printing.

Symbols on vehicle components

i Indicates that you should consult the relevant section of this Owner's Manual for information on a particular part or assembly.

The individual vehicle

When you ordered your BMW, you chose various items of equipment. This Owner's Manual describes the entire array of options and equipment available with a specific BMW model.

Please bear in mind that the manual may contain information on accessories and equipment that you have not specified for your own vehicle. Sections describing options and special equipment are marked by asterisks* to assist you in identifying possible differences between the descriptions in this manual and your own vehicle's equipment.

If equipment in your BMW is not described in this Owner's Manual, please refer to the accompanying Supplementary Owner's Manuals.

Editorial notice

BMW pursues a policy of continuous, ongoing development that is conceived to ensure that our vehicles continue to embody the highest quality and safety standards combined with advanced, state-of-the-art technology. For this reason, it is possible in exceptional cases that features described in this Owner's Manual could differ from those on your vehicle.

For your own safety

Maintenance and repair

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Maintenance and repair - 1

Advanced technology, e.g. the use of modern materials and powerful electronics, requires specially adapted maintenance and repair methods. You should therefore have the corresponding work on your vehicle performed only by your BMW center or at a workshop that works according to BMW repair procedures with correspondingly trained personnel. If this work is not carried out properly, there is a danger of subsequent damage and related safety hazards.

Parts and accessories

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Parts and accessories - 1

For your own safety, use genuine parts and accessories approved by BMW.

When you purchase accessories tested and approved by BMW and Original BMW Parts, you simultaneously acquire the assurance that they have been thoroughly tested by BMW to ensure optimum performance when installed on your vehicle.

BMW warrants these parts to be free from defects in material and workmanship.

BMW will not accept any liability for damage resulting from installation of parts and accessories not approved by BMW.

BMW cannot test every product made by other manufacturers to verify if it can be used on a BMW safely and without risk to either the vehicle, its operation, or its occupants.

Original BMW Parts, BMW Accessories and other products approved by BMW, together with professional advice on using these items, are available from all BMW centers.

Installation and operation of accessories not approved by BMW, such as alarms, radios, amplifiers, radar detectors, wheels, suspension components, brake dust shields, telephones, including operation of any mobile phone from within the vehicle without using an externally mounted antenna, or transceiver equipment, for instance, CBs, walkie-talkies, ham radio or similar accessories, may cause extensive damage to the vehicle, compromise its safety, interfere with the vehicle's electrical system or affect the validity of the BMW Limited Warranty. See your BMW center for additional information.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Parts and accessories - 2

Maintenance, replacement, or repair of the emission control devices and systems may be performed by any automotive repair establishment or individual using any certified automotive part.

California Proposition 65 warning

California law requires us to issue the following warning:

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - California Proposition 65 warning - 1

Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components and parts, including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your hands after handling.

Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory animals. Always protect your skin by washing thoroughly with soap and water.

Service and warranty

We recommend that you read this publication thoroughly.

Your BMW is covered by the following warranties:

New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty
▶ Federal Emissions System Defect Warranty
▶ Federal Emissions Performance Warranty
California Emission Control System Limited Warranty

Detailed information about these warranties is listed in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet for US models or in the Warranty and Service Guide Booklet for Canadian models.

Your vehicle has been specifically adapted and designed to meet the particular operating conditions and homologation requirements in your country and continental region in order to deliver the full driving pleasure while the vehicle is operated under those conditions. If you wish to operate your vehicle in another country or region, you may be required to adapt your vehicle to meet different prevailing operating conditions and homologation requirements. You should also be aware of any applicable warranty limitations or exclusions for such country or region. In such case, please contact Customer Relations for further information.

Reporting safety defects

For US customers

The following only applies to vehicles owned and operated in the US.

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, NHTSA, in addition to notifying BMW of North America, LLC, P.O. Box 1227, Westwood, New Jersey 07675-1227, Telephone 1-800-831-1117.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your center, or BMW of North America, LLC.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to

http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov

For Canadian customers

Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect Investigations and Recalls, may call 1-800-333-0510 toll-free from anywhere in Canada or 1-613-993-9851 from the Ottawa region and from other countries, or contact Transport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville, Tower C, 330 Sparks Street, Ottawa, ON, K1A 0N5.

You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.tc.gc.ca

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - For Canadian customers - 1

natural_image Interior view of a modern car exhibition hall with curved architecture and parked cars (no visible text or signage)

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - For Canadian customers - 2

text_image At a glance This overview of buttons, switches and displays is intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's operating environment. The section will also assist you in becoming acquainted with the control concepts and options available for operating the various systems. Online Edition for Part no. 01 41 2 604 304 - © 02/10 BMW AG

At a glance

This overview of buttons, switches and displays is intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's operating environment. The section will also assist you in becoming acquainted with the control concepts and options available for operating the various systems.

Cockpit

Around the steering wheel: controls and displays

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the steering wheel: controls and displays - 1

text_image Diagram of a BMW car interior with numbered parts for identification and assembly reference.

1

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the steering wheel: controls and displays - 2

Convertible: opening and closing windows jointly 29

2

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the steering wheel: controls and displays - 3

Convertible: opening and closing rear windows 29

3

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the steering wheel: controls and displays - 4

Opening and closing front windows 29

4

Folding exterior mirrors in and out* 44

5

djusting exterior mirrors, automatic curb monitor* 44

6

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the steering wheel: controls and displays - 5

Parking lamps 91

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the steering wheel: controls and displays - 6

Low beams 91

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the steering wheel: controls and displays - 7

Automatic headlamp control* 91 Adaptive light control* 93

High-beam assistant* 94

7

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the steering wheel: controls and displays - 8

Fog lamps* 95

8

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - 8 - 1

Turn signals 60

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - 8 - 2

High beams, headlamp flasher 93

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - 8 - 3

High-beam assistant* 94

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - 8 - 4

Roadside parking lamps* 93

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - 8 - 5

Computer 72

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - 8 - 6

Settings and information about the

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - 8 - 7

vehicle 74

9 Instrument cluster 12

10

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - 10 - 1

Windshield wipers 61

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - 10 - 2

Rain sensor* 61

11

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - 11 - 1

Switching the ignition on/off and starting/stopping the engine 50

12 Ignition lock 50

13 Buttons on the steering wheel

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Buttons on the steering wheel - 1

Telephone*:

Accepting and ending a call; dialing* the selected phone number; redialing if no phone number is selected

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Buttons on the steering wheel - 2

Volume

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Buttons on the steering wheel - 3

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Buttons on the steering wheel - 4

Changing the radio station Interrupting a traffic bulletin

Selecting a music track Scrolling through the redial list

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Buttons on the steering wheel - 5

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Buttons on the steering wheel - 6

Next entertainment source

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Buttons on the steering wheel - 7

Recirculated-air mode 101

14

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - 14 - 1

Steering wheel heating* 46

15 Horn, entire surface

16 Adjusting the steering wheel 46

17

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - 17 - 1

Cruise control* 62

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - 17 - 2

Active cruise control* 64

18 Releasing the hood 144

19 Opening the trunk lid 24

Instrument cluster

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Instrument cluster - 1

text_image 1 2 3 4 5 BRAKE BRACE TIME 100 ABS DTC 0 min +74 °F 11:15 am- M3 032050 • 123.8 1/2 10 9 8 7 6 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 1/min x 1000

1 Speedometer
2 Indicator lamps for turn signals
3 Indicator and warning lamps 13
4 Displays for active cruise control * 64
5 Tachometer 71
6 Engine oil temperature 72
7 Display for

Clock 71
Outside temperature 71
▶ Indicator and warning lamps 77

8 Display for

Position of automatic transmission* 53
Gear indicator in 7-gear Sports automatic transmission with double clutch* 55
Computer 72
Date of next scheduled service, and remaining distance to be driven 76
Odometer and trip odometer 71
High-beam assistant* 94
▶ Initializing the Flat Tire Monitor* 83
Resetting the Tire Pressure Monitor* 85
▶ Checking engine oil level* 145
▶ Settings and information 74
There is a Check Control message 77

9 Fuel gauge 72

10 Resetting the trip odometer 71

Indicator and warning lamps

The concept

Indicator and warning lamps can light up in a variety of combinations and colors.

Several of the lamps are checked for proper functioning and light up temporarily when the engine is started or the ignition is switched on.

What to do in case of a malfunction

A list of all indicator and warning lamps, as well as notes on possible causes of malfunctions and on how to respond, can be found starting on page 164.

Around the center console: controls and displays

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 1

text_image Diagram of car interior with labeled components and vehicle chassis, showing front, rear, side, top, and interior views.

1 Coupe: microphone for telephone* in hands-free mode Convertible: microphone on steering column

2 SOS: initiating an Emergency Request call* 159

3 Reading lamps 96

4 Coupe: glass roof, electric * 30

5 Interior lamps 95

6 Passenger airbag status lamp * 89

7 Hazard warning flashers

8 Dynamic Traction Control DTC 81

9 Central locking system 23

10 Radio, refer to separate Owner's Manual

11 Air conditioner or automatic climate control*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 2

Air distribution for air conditioner 98

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 3

Air distribution to the windshield* 100

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 4

Air distribution to the upper body area* 100

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 5

Air distribution to the footwell* 100

AUTO

Automatic air distribution and flow rate* 101

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 6

Cooling function 102

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 7

Automatic recirculated-air control AUC* and recirculated-air mode 101

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 8

Recirculated-air mode 98

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 9

Maximum cooling* 101

ALL

ALL program* 102

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 10

Air volume 98, 101

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 11

Defrosting windows* 102

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 12

Rear window defroster 99, 102

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 13

Heated seats* 41

12

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 14

Park Distance Control PDC* 79

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 15

Coupe: Roller sun blind* 107

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 16

Coupe: Hill Descent Control HDC* 81 Convertible:

13

Opening and closing retractable hardtop 32

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 17

text_image START STOP ENGINE Online Edition for Part no. 01 41 2 604 304 - © 02/10 BMW AG

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Around the center console: controls and displays - 18

text_image Controls This chapter is intended to provide you with information for complete control of your vehicle. All features and accessories that are useful for driving and your safety, comfort and convenience, are described here. Online Edition for Part no. 01 41 2 604 304 - © 02/10 BMW AG

Controls

This chapter is intended to provide you with information for complete control of your vehicle.

All features and accessories that are useful for driving and your safety, comfort and convenience, are described here.

Opening and closing

Remote control

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Remote control - 1

natural_image Black and white photo of a car key with BMW logo and side buttons (no visible text or symbols)

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Remote control - 2

natural_image Black and white photo of a car with a circular emblem on the side (no visible text or symbols)

Each remote control contains a rechargeable battery that is automatically recharged when it is in the ignition lock while the car is being driven. Use each remote control at least twice a year for longer road trips in order to maintain the batteries' charge status. In cars with Comfort Access*, the remote control contains a replaceable battery, refer to page 29.

The settings called up and implemented when the car is unlocked depend on which remote control is used to unlock the car, refer to Personal Profile, next column.

In addition, information about service requirements is stored in the remote control, refer to Service data in the remote control, page 148.

Integrated key

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Integrated key - 1

natural_image Diagram of a car plug with labeled component (no text or symbols present)

Press button 1 to release the key.

The integrated key fits the following locks:

Glove compartment, refer to page 107

Driver's door, refer to page 23

New remote controls

Your BMW center can supply new remote controls with integrated keys as additional units or as replacements in the event of loss.

Personal Profile

The concept

You can set many of your BMW's functions to suit your personal needs and preferences. Without any action on your part, Personal Profile ensures that most of these settings are stored for the remote control currently in use. When you unlock the car, the remote control used for the purpose is recognized and the settings stored for it are called up and implemented.

This means that your personal settings will be activated for you, even if in the meantime your car was used by someone else with another remote control and the corresponding settings. The individual settings are stored for a maximum of four remote controls. They are stored for two remote controls if Comfort Access* is in use.

Personal Profile settings

For more information on specific settings, refer to the specified pages.

Response of the central locking system when the car is unlocked, refer to page 19

▶ Automatic locking of the vehicle, refer to page 23

Automatic call-up* of the driver's seat position, refer to page 41

Triple turn signal activation, refer to page 60

▶ Settings for the display in the instrument cluster:

12h/24h format of the clock, refer to page 75
Date format, refer to page 75
Units of measure, refer to page 75

Light settings:

▶ Pathway lighting, refer to page 91
Daytime running lights, refer to page 92
▶ High-beam assistant, refer to page 94

▶ Automatic climate control*: AUTO program, cooling function and automatic recirculated-air control activated/deactivated, temperature, air volume and distribution, refer to page 100 ff

Entertainment:

▶ Speed-dependent volume control, refer to separate Owner's Manual

Central locking system

The concept

The central locking system functions when the driver's door is closed.

The system simultaneously engages and releases the locks on the following:

Doors

Trunk lid

▶ Fuel filler flap

Convertible: glove compartment

Operating from outside

Via the remote control
Via the door lock*
In cars with Comfort Access*, via the handles on the driver's and front passenger doors

In addition, if the remote control is used, the welcome lamps, interior lamps and the door's courtesy lamps* are switched on or off. The alarm system* is also armed or disarmed.

For further details of the alarm system, refer to page 26.

Operating from inside

By means of the button for central locking, refer to page 23.

In the event of a sufficiently severe accident, the central locking system unlocks automatically. In addition, the hazard warning flashers and interior lamps come on.

Opening and closing: Using the remote control

Persons or animals in a parked vehicle could lock the doors from the inside. You should therefore take the remote control with you when you leave the vehicle so that the latter can be opened from outside.

Convertible: to operate the retractable hardtop with the remote control, the doors and trunk lid must be closed and the cargo area partition must be folded down and engaged on both sides. Refer also to page 32.

Unlocking

Press the button.

The interior lamps, the courtesy lamps* and the welcome lamps come on.

Setting unlocking characteristics

You can set whether only the driver's door or the entire vehicle is to be unlocked when the button is pressed for the first time.

For operating principle, refer to page 74.

  1. Switch on the ignition, refer to page 50.
  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display accompanied by the word "SET".

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Setting unlocking characteristics - 1

text_image Diagram showing car control buttons with icons for SET, key, and lock, alongside a vehicle diagram with directional arrows.
  1. Press button 2.
  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Setting unlocking characteristics - 2

natural_image Two black buttons with icons on a white background, one pointing to a device icon (no text or symbols visible)
  1. Press button 2.
  2. Use button 1 to select:

▶ √

Press the button once to unlock only the driver's door and the fuel filler flap. Press the button twice to unlock the entire vehicle.

Press the button once to unlock the entire vehicle.

  1. Press button 2.

The setting is stored for the remote control currently in use.

Coupe: convenient opening

Hold the button down.

The windows and the glass roof* are opened.

Convertible: convenient opening\*

When you are close to the vehicle, the remote control for Comfort Access can be used to open the retractable hardtop.

Hold the button down.

The windows and the retractable hardtop are opened if the doors are closed.

If you continue pressing the button, the windows move up.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: convenient opening\* - 1

Watch during the opening process to ensure that no one is injured. Releasing

the button interrupts the opening process.

Locking

Press the button.

Convertible: convenient closing\*

When you are close to the vehicle, the remote control for Comfort Access can be used to close the retractable hardtop and the windows.

Hold the button down.

The retractable hardtop and the windows are closed.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: convenient closing\* - 1

Watch during the closing process to ensure that no one is injured. Releasing button interrupts the closing process.

Switching on interior lamps

While the car is locked:

Press the button.

You can also use this function to locate your vehicle in parking garages etc.

Unlocking the trunk lid

Press the button for approx. 1 second.

The trunk lid opens a short distance, regardless of whether it was locked or unlocked.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Unlocking the trunk lid - 1

The trunk lid swings back and up when opened. Ensure that there is sufficient clearance. To avoid locking yourself out by accident, do not place the remote control in the cargo area. A previously locked trunk lid is locked again after closing.

Before and after each trip, check that the trunk lid has not been inadvertently unlocked.

Convertible: convenient loading\*

When you are close to the vehicle, the remote control for Comfort Access can be used to partially raise the open hardtop for more convenient loading of the cargo area.

  1. Briefly press the button and, within one second, press again and hold until the retractable hardtop stops in an intermediate position. The trunk lid opens slightly.
  2. Open the trunk lid, press the cargo area partition upward and stow the cargo in the cargo area.
  3. Press down the cargo area partition until it engages on both sides and close the trunk lid.
  4. Press the button for a longer period to fold the retractable hardtop back in.

Confirmation signals

You can activate or deactivate the confirmation signals.

For operating principle, refer to page 74.

  1. Switch on the ignition, refer to page 50.
  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display accompanied by the word "SET".

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Confirmation signals - 1

text_image Diagram showing a key inserted into a device with an icon labeled 'SET' and directional arrows, alongside a black key inserted into a set.
  1. Press button 2.
  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever down repeatedly until the desired symbol appears in the display.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Confirmation signals - 2

text_image Camera control panel interface showing key and lock icons with a directional arrow pointing to the lock button

▶ Confirmation signal during unlocking
▶ Confirmation signal during locking

  1. Press button 2.

6. Use button 1 to select:

The hazard warning flashers light up during unlocking/locking.
An acoustic signal sounds during unlocking/locking.
The hazard warning flashers light up and an acoustic signal* sounds during unlocking/locking.
▶ off The function is deactivated.

7. Press button 2.

The setting is stored.

Malfunctions

The remote control may malfunction due to local radio waves. If this occurs, unlock and lock the car at the door lock with the integrated key.

Coupe: in vehicles without an alarm system* or Comfort Access*, only the driver's door can be locked and unlocked with the integrated key via the door lock.

Convertible: if hardtop movement via the remote control is interrupted briefly, the movement will be completed more quickly if you keep the corresponding button pressed continuously.

If the car can no longer be locked with a remote control, the battery in the remote control is discharged. Use the remote control on an extended trip to recharge the battery, refer to page 18. The remote control for Comfort Access* contains a battery that may have to be changed, refer to page 29.

For US owners only

The transmitter and receiver units comply with part 15 of the FCC/Federal Communications Commission regulations. Operation is governed by the following:

FCC ID:

LX8766S

LX8766E

LX8CAS

Compliance statement:

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device must not cause harmful interference, and
this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Any unauthorized modifications or changes to these devices could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

Opening and closing: Using the door lock

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Opening and closing: Using the door lock - 1

natural_image Diagram showing a curved arrow pointing downward to a central point, with no text or symbols present.

You can set the way in which the car is unlocked, refer to page 19.

Coupe

In vehicles without an alarm system* or Comfort Access*, only the driver's door can be locked via the door lock.

To lock all doors, the fuel filler flap and the trunk lid at once:

  1. With the doors closed, lock the vehicle using the button for the central locking system in the interior, refer to page 23.

  2. Unlock and open the driver's or front passenger door, refer to page 24.

  3. Lock the vehicle.

Lock the driver's door using the integrated key in the door lock, or
press down the lock button of the front passenger door and close the door from the outside.

Convenient operation

Coupe: if the vehicle is equipped with an alarm system* or Comfort Access*, you can also operate the windows and the glass roof* via the door lock.

Convertible: you can operate the windows and the retractable hardtop via the door lock.

Hold the key in the position for unlocking or locking.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convenient operation - 1

During each closing procedure, and when opening the retractable hardtop, watch

the process and ensure that no one becomes

trapped. Releasing the key stops the operation.

Manual operation

In the event of an electrical malfunction, you can lock and unlock the driver's door by turning the integrated key to the corresponding limit positions in the door lock.

Opening and closing: From inside

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Opening and closing: From inside - 1

natural_image Interior view of a computer rack with a close-up of a drive control panel (no visible text or symbols)

This button serves to unlock or lock doors and the trunk lid, but does not activate the anti-theft system. The fuel filler flap remains unlocked.

Automatic locking

You can also set the situations in which the car locks:

For operating principle, refer to page 74.

  1. Switch on the ignition, refer to page 50.

  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display accompanied by the word "SET".

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Automatic locking - 1

text_image Diagram showing car interior with key icons and directional arrows, including a lock and SET button
  1. Press button 2.

  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Automatic locking - 2

text_image AA P≤ 40 s
  1. Press button 2.

  2. Use button 1 to select:

on

The central locking system automatically locks the vehicle after some time if no door has been opened.

▷ → on

The central locking system automatically locks the vehicle as soon as you drive off.

△ ①→

The central locking system automatically locks the vehicle after some time if no door has been opened, or as soon as you drive off.

▶ off

The central locking system remains unlocked.

  1. Press button 2.

The setting is stored for the remote control currently in use.

Unlocking and opening doors

Either unlock the doors together using the button for the central locking system and then pull the door handle above the armrest or

pull on the door handle of each door twice: the first time unlocks the door, the second time opens it.

Locking

Use the central locking button to lock all of the doors simultaneously, or
press down the safety lock button of a door. To prevent you from being locked out, the open driver's door cannot be locked using the lock button.

Persons or animals in a parked vehicle could lock the doors from the inside. You should therefore take the remote control with you when you leave the vehicle so that the latter can be opened from outside.

Trunk lid

In order to avoid damage, make sure there is sufficient clearance before opening the trunk lid.

Opening from inside

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Opening from inside - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car with a car icon and a pointing tool (no text or symbols visible)

Press the button: the trunk lid opens unless it has been locked.

Opening from outside

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Opening from outside - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car rear bumper with visible logo and side panel (no text or symbols)

Press the button, see arrow, or the button on the remote control for a longer period. The trunk lid will open slightly. It can now be swung upwards.

In the event of a malfunction, please contact your BMW center or a workshop that works according to BMW repair procedures with correspondingly trained personnel.

Coupe: locking or unlocking separately

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: locking or unlocking separately - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car door panel with a highlighted control panel showing two buttons labeled 1 and 2 (no text or symbols on the panel itself)

The switch is located in the glove compartment.

1 Locking the trunk lid

2 Unlocking the trunk lid

Locking separately

Push the switch in the direction of arrow 1. The trunk lid is locked and cannot be unlocked using the central locking system.

If you give the remote control without the integrated key to someone else while the glove compartment is locked, the trunk lid cannot be opened. This is an advantage when valet parking, for example. Locking the glove compartment, refer to page 107.

Unlocking separately

Push the switch in the direction of arrow 2.

Emergency release

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Emergency release - 1

natural_image Warning symbol with a triangle and central dot, no text or numbers present

Pull the lever in the cargo area. The trunk lid is unlocked.

Closing

The handle recesses on the interior trim of the trunk lid make it easier to pull down.

Make sure that the closing path of the trunk lid is clear; otherwise, injuries may result.

Coupe

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe - 1

natural_image Top-down view of a rectangular electronic device with two small ports and a central logo (no visible text or symbols)

Convertible

To close the trunk lid, press it down lightly. The lid is closed automatically.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible - 1

natural_image Top-down view of a transparent rectangular device with internal components and mounting holes (no visible text or symbols)

Alarm system\*

The concept

The vehicle alarm system responds:

When a door, the hood or the trunk lid is opened
To movements inside the vehicle: Interior motion sensor, refer to page 27
When the car's inclination changes, for instance if an attempt is made to jack it up and steal the wheels or to raise it prior to towing away
When there has been an interruption of power supply from the battery

The alarm system signals unauthorized entry attempts for a short time by means of:

An acoustic alarm
▶ Switching on the hazard warning flashers
Flashing the high beams

Arming and disarming

When you lock or unlock the vehicle, either with the remote control or at the door lock, the alarm system is armed or disarmed at the same time.

You can open the trunk lid even when the alarm system is armed, by pressing the button on the remote control, refer to page 21. The lid is locked and monitored again as soon as you close it.

Panic mode\*

You can trigger the alarm system if you find yourself in a dangerous situation:

Press the button for at least three seconds.

To switch off the alarm: press any button.

Switching off an alarm

Unlock the car with the remote control, refer to page 19.
Insert the remote control all the way into the ignition lock.

Indicator lamp displays
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Switching off an alarm - 1

natural_image Top-down view of a car frontview mirror and dashboard (no text or symbols visible)

网址:http://www

The indicator lamp under the inside rearview mirror flashes continuously: the system is armed.
The indicator lamp flashes after locking: doors, hood or trunk lid are not properly closed. Even if you do not close the alerted area, the system begins to monitor the remaining areas, and the indicator lamp flashes continuously after approx. 10 seconds. The interior motion sensor and the tilt alarm sensor are not activated.
The indicator lamp goes out after unlocking: your vehicle has not been disturbed while you were away.
If the indicator lamp flashes after unlocking until the remote control is inserted in the ignition, but for no longer than approx. 5 minutes: your vehicle has been disturbed while you were away.

Tilt alarm sensor

The tilt of the vehicle is monitored. The alarm system reacts, e.g. to attempts to steal a wheel or tow the vehicle.

Interior motion sensor

Coupe

In order for the interior motion sensor to function properly, the windows and glass roof must be completely closed*.

Convertible

The interior of the car is monitored up to the height of the seat cushions. Thus the alarm system is activated together with the interior motion sensor even if the hardtop is open. The alarm can be triggered unintentionally by falling objects such as leaves, refer to Avoiding unintentional alarms.

Avoiding unintentional alarms

The tilt alarm sensor and interior motion sensor may be switched off at the same time. This prevents unintentional alarms, e.g. in the following situations:

In duplex garages
During transport on car-carrying trains, boats/ships or on a trailer
When animals are to remain in the vehicle

Switching off tilt alarm sensor and interior motion sensor

Press the button on the remote control again as soon as the vehicle is locked.

The indicator lamp lights up briefly and then flashes continuously. The tilt alarm sensor and the interior motion sensor are switched off until the next time the vehicle is unlocked and subsequently locked again.

Comfort Access\*

Comfort Access enables you to enter your vehicle without needing to hold the remote control in your hand. All you need to do is wear the remote control close to your body, e.g. in your jacket pocket. The vehicle detects the corresponding remote control within the immediate vicinity or in the passenger compartment.

Comfort Access supports the following functions:

▶ Unlocking/locking the vehicle
▶ Unlocking the trunk lid separately
Engine starting
▶ Convenient closing

Functional requirement

The vehicle or the trunk lid can only be locked when the vehicle detects that the remote control currently in use is outside of the vehicle.
The vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked again until after approx. 2 seconds.
The engine can only be started when the vehicle detects that the remote control currently in use is inside the vehicle.

Comparison to the standard remote control

In general, there is no difference between using Comfort Access or pressing the buttons on the remote control to carry out the functions mentioned above. You should therefore first familiarize yourself with the instructions on opening and closing starting on page 18.

Special features regarding the use of Comfort Access are described below.

If you notice a brief delay while opening or closing windows, the glass roof or retractable hardtop, the system is checking whether a remote control is inside the vehicle. Please repeat the opening or closing procedure, if necessary.

Unlocking

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Unlocking - 1

natural_image Diagram of a car interior with directional arrows and labels (1, 2), no readable text or symbols beyond labels

Grasp the handle on the driver's or front passenger door completely, arrow 1. This corresponds to pressing the button.

Locking

Touch the surface, arrow 2, with your finger for approx. 1 second. This corresponds to pressing the 🔒 LOCK button.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Locking - 1

To preserve the battery, please make sure that the ignition and all electrical

consumers are switched off before locking the vehicle.

Coupe: convenient closing

For Convenient closing, keep your finger on the surface, arrow 2.

Convertible: window and convertible top operation

With the ignition at radio readiness or beyond, you can open and close the windows and the convertible top when a remote control is located inside the vehicle.

Unlocking the trunk lid separately

Press the button on the outside of the trunk lid. This corresponds to pressing the button.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Unlocking the trunk lid separately - 1

If the vehicle detects that a remote control has been accidentally left inside the locked vehicle's cargo area after the trunk lid is closed, the lid will reopen. The hazard warning flashers flash and an acoustic signal* sounds.

Switching on radio readiness

Radio readiness is switched on by pressing the start/stop button, refer to page 50.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Switching on radio readiness - 1

Do not depress the brake or the clutch; otherwise, the engine will start.

Starting the engine

You can start the engine or switch on the ignition when a remote control is inside the vehicle. It is not necessary to insert a remote control into the ignition lock, refer to page 50.

Switching off the engine in cars with automatic transmission

The engine can only be switched off when the selector lever is in position P, refer to page 52. To switch the engine off when the selector lever is in position N, the remote control must be in the ignition lock.

Malfunction

Comfort Access may malfunction due to local radio waves. If this happens, open or close the vehicle via the buttons on the remote control or using the integrated key. To start the engine afterward, insert the remote control into the ignition lock.

Warning lamps

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Warning lamps - 1

The warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when you attempt to start the engine: the engine cannot

be started. The remote control is not inside the vehicle or is malfunctioning.

Take the remote control with you inside the vehicle or have it checked. If necessary, insert another remote control into the ignition lock.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Warning lamps - 2

The warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up while the engine is running: the remote control is no

longer inside the vehicle. After the engine is switched off, the engine can only be restarted within approx. 10 seconds.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Warning lamps - 3

The indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on: replace the battery in the remote control.

Replacing the battery

The remote control for Comfort Access contains a battery that will need to be replaced from time to time.

  1. Take the integrated key out of the remote control, refer to page 18.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Replacing the battery - 1

natural_image 3D illustration of a mechanical component with an arrow indicating a process or movement (no text or symbols present)
  1. Remove the cover.
  2. Insert the new battery with the plus side facing up.
  3. Press the cover on to close.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Replacing the battery - 2

Take the old battery to a battery collection point or to your BMW center.

Windows

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Windows - 1

To prevent injuries, watch the windows while closing them.

Take the remote control with you when you leave the car; otherwise, children could operate the electric windows and possibly injure themselves.

Coupe: opening, closing
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Windows - 2

natural_image Interior view of a washing machine with control panel and fan (no visible text or symbols)

Press the switch to the resistance point: The window opens as long as you press the switch.
Press the switch beyond the resistance point: The window opens automatically. Press the switch again to stop the opening movement.

You can close the windows in the same manner by pulling the switch.

Convertible: opening, closing

Individually
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: opening, closing - 1

natural_image Illustration of a washing machine with a hand holding a tool, showing control panel and fan (no text or symbols)

Press the switch to the resistance point: The window opens as long as you press the switch.
Press the switch beyond the resistance point: The window opens automatically. Press the switch again to stop the opening movement.

You can close the windows in the same manner by pulling the switch. The rear windows do not close automatically.

Jointly

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Jointly - 1

natural_image Interior view of a washing machine with control panel and fan (no visible text or symbols)

Press the switch to the resistance point: All windows open as long as you press the switch.
Press the switch beyond the resistance point: All windows open automatically. Press the switch again to stop the opening movement.
Pull the switch: All windows close as long as you pull the switch.

After switching off the ignition

When the remote control is removed or the ignition is switched off, you can still operate the windows for approx. 1 minute as long as no door is opened.

Convenient operation

For information on Convenient operation via the remote control or the door lock, refer to page 19 or 23. For information on Convenient closing with Comfort Access, refer to Locking on page 20.

Pinch protection system

If the closing force exceeds a specific value as a window closes, the closing action is interrupted and the window reopens slightly.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Pinch protection system - 1

Despite the pinch protection system check and clear the window's travel path prior to closing it; otherwise, the safety system might fail to detect certain kinds of obstructions, such as thin objects, and the window would continue closing.

Do not install any accessories that might inter-

fere with window movement. Otherwise, the pinch protection system could be impaired. Convertible: the rear windows are not equipped with pinch protection. Therefore, watch them closely when closing to avoid personal injury.

Closing without pinch protection

If there is an external danger, or if ice on the windows, etc., prevents you from closing the windows normally, proceed as follows:

  1. Pull the switch past the resistance point and hold it there. Pinch protection is limited and the window reopens slightly if the closing force exceeds a certain value.
  2. Pull the switch again past the resistance point within approx. 4 seconds and hold it there. The window closes without pinch protection.

Coupe: glass roof\*, electric

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: glass roof\*, electric - 1

To prevent injuries, watch the glass roof while closing it.

Take the remote control with you when you leave the car; otherwise, children could operate the roof and possibly injure themselves.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: glass roof\*, electric - 2

natural_image Interior view of a car dashboard with a control panel and a close-up of the left side (no text or symbols visible)

Raising

Press the switch.

The closed glass roof is raised and the sliding visor opens slightly.

Opening, closing

Press the switch backwards to the resistance point.

The glass roof and the sliding visor open together as long as you hold the switch in this position.

Press the switch backwards past the resistance point.

The glass roof and the sliding visor open automatically. Briefly press the switch again to stop the opening movement.

You can close the glass roof in a similar manner by pressing the switch forwards. The sliding visor remains open and can be closed by hand.

For information on Convenient operation via the remote control or door lock, refer to page 19 or 23.

After switching off the ignition

When the remote control is removed or the ignition is switched off, you can still operate the roof for approx. 1 minute as long as no door has been opened.

Pinch protection system

If the glass roof encounters an obstruction during closing from approximately the middle of the opening in the roof, or during closing from the raised position, the closing movement is interrupted and the glass roof is opened again slightly.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Pinch protection system - 1

Despite the pinch protection system check and clear the roof's travel path prior

to closing it; otherwise, the safety system might fail to detect certain kinds of obstructions, such as very thin objects, and the roof would continue closing.

Closing without pinch protection

If there is an external danger, press the switch forward past the resistance point. The roof closes without pinch protection.

Following interruptions in electrical power supply

After a power failure, there is a possibility that the glass roof can only be raised. The system must be initialized. BMW recommends having this work done by your BMW center.

Closing manually\*

In the event of an electrical malfunction, you can move the glass roof manually:

  1. Unclip the front of the cover of the interior lamps using the screwdriver from the onboard vehicle tool kit, refer to page 154.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Closing manually\* - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car showing the dashboard and seat area with two white arrows pointing to the front panel (no text or symbols present)
  1. Insert the screwdriver into the openings on each side to press the clips.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Closing manually\* - 2

natural_image Interior view of a car airway with a screwdriver inserted into the intake tray (no visible text or symbols)
  1. Remove the control unit.

  2. Unplug the motor. Considerably less effort will be required for manual operation.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Closing manually\* - 3

natural_image Close-up of a mechanical component with an arrow pointing to a connector detail (no visible text or symbols)
  1. Insert the Allen wrench * supplied with the onboard vehicle tool kit, refer to page 154, into the opening provided. Move the glass roof in the desired direction.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Closing manually\* - 4

natural_image Close-up of a mechanical component with a black bracket and wire, mounted on a vehicle (no visible text or symbols)
  1. Reinstall the control unit and reattach the lamp cover.

Convertible: retractable hardtop

The retractable hardtop combines reliable weather protection with simple and convenient operation.

The following tips will enhance your driving pleasure in your Convertible:

It is advisable that you close the retractable hardtop when you park the vehicle. Not only does the closed hardtop protect the vehicle interior against unanticipated weather damage, it also offers theft protection. However, even when the hardtop is closed, valuables should only be stored in the locked cargo area.
Do not attach roof rack systems to the retractable hardtop, and in particular do not attach magnetic racks.
Do not attach rack systems to the trunk lid, and in particular do not attach magnetic racks.
When the retractable hardtop is operated, the trunk lid swings back and up. Before operating the retractable hardtop, ensure that there is enough clearance, e.g. when parked in front of a wall.

If you open the hardtop while it is wet, e.g. after driving in the rain, water may drip into the cargo area. If necessary, remove items from the cargo area beforehand to avoid water stains or soiling.

Do not place any objects on the retractable hardtop or on the trunk lid; otherwise, they could fall during movements of the retractable hardtop and cause damage or injury. Never move the retractable hardtop when the rollover protection system is in the activated position.

Driving when the hardtop is not fully opened or closed may result in damage or injury.

Do not reach into the mechanism during the opening or closing procedure. Keep children away from the swiveling area of the retractable hardtop.

The retractable hardtop cannot be moved at temperatures below +14 °F / -10 °C.

The retractable hardtop can only be opened and closed when the vehicle is

stationary. To avoid causing damage, do not drive off until the hardtop has stopped moving.

Before opening and closing

Comply with the safety precautions described above.
▶ Ensure that the cargo area partition is folded down and engaged on both sides, refer to page 111; otherwise, it will not be possible to open the retractable hardtop.
Do not place any objects next to or on the cargo area partition and close the storage compartment on the left side of the cargo area.
Do not exceed the maximum loading height under the cargo area partition; refer to the label in the cargo area showing a line indicating the maximum height.
▶ Ensure that the trunk lid is closed.
The vehicle should be parked on fairly level ground. Excessive angle is indicated by a l a m p.

Opening and closing

When the vehicle is stationary and at radio readiness or beyond, refer to page 50:

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Opening and closing - 1

If possible, conserve the battery by only operating the retractable hardtop when the engine is running.

Before closing the retractable hardtop, remove all foreign objects from the windshield frame as these could prevent the hardtop from closing properly.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Opening and closing - 2

text_image 1 2

1 Push button: open the retractable hardtop. Pull button: close the retractable hardtop.

2 LEDs

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - LEDs - 1

The side windows move down when the switch for hardtop operation is pulled or pushed.

LEDs

While the hardtop is being operated, the left LED lights up green. It goes out as soon as the top is fully opened or closed.
If the right-hand LED flashes red when you release the switch, the opening or closing action has not yet finished.
If the right LED lights up red when the switch is pressed, the cargo area partition is folded up, the trunk lid is not closed, the vehicle is standing on a strong incline or there is a malfunction. The retractable hard-top cannot be moved.

Interruption

The automatic sequence of movements is interrupted if the switch for hardtop operation is released. The sequence can be continued in the desired direction by pushing or pulling the switch.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Interruption - 1

A hardtop that is not fully opened or closed is a safety hazard.

Do not interrupt and resume the closing procedure several times in close succession as this could damage the mechanism.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Interruption - 2

If the hardtop is not fully opened or closed, the trunk lid cannot be opened. The windows cannot be moved.

Convenient operation with remote control or via door lock

Refer to pages 20 and 23.

Wind deflector\*

The wind deflector keeps air movements in the passenger compartment to a minimum when the hardtop is open and provides an even more comfortable ride, particularly at high speeds.

Installation

The wind deflector is stored in a protective cover in the cargo area. Brief instructions for operation can be found on the protective cover.

  1. Remove the wind deflector from the protective cover and unfold it, arrows 1.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Installation - 1

text_image Diagram illustrating the folding process of a propeller blade, with labeled parts and directional arrows indicating folding steps.
  1. Press together the top and bottom parts of the wind deflector until the catch engages, arrow 2.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Installation - 2

text_image Diagram showing a robotic arm interacting with a vehicle, with numbered directional arrows and labeled parts 3 and 4.
  1. Push the fastening pin, arrow 3, into the opening provided on the right side of the vehicle until it snaps into place. Remove the protective caps beforehand, if necessary.
  2. Push the fastening pin, arrow 4, into the opening provided on the left side of the vehicle until it snaps into place.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Installation - 3

natural_image Medical device with surgical tool and inset showing dial (no text or symbols visible)
  1. Turn the rotary handle in the direction of arrow 5 as far as the first stop to insert the right fastening pin into the holders.
  2. Turn the rotary handle in the direction of arrow 6 as far as the 🔒 symbol to insert the left fastening pin into the holders.
  3. Fold up the top section of the wind deflector.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Installation - 4

With the wind deflector installed: do not recline the front-seat backrests too far if the seat is to be slid all the way back, as this would damage the wind deflector.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Installation - 5

Only turn the rotary handle within the range between the two symbols; otherwise, the cable system inside the wind deflector could be damaged.

Removing the wind deflector

Proceed in the reverse order as used for installation.

Protective caps are provided in the vehicle for the holders of the wind deflector.

Folding

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Folding - 1

natural_image Mechanical component diagram showing a lever mechanism with an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)

Slide the red release lever towards the middle of the wind deflector and push the two halves apart.

Loading function

Cargo can still be loaded on the rear seat of the vehicle even if the wind deflector has been installed.

  1. Lower all windows.
  2. Fold down the top section of the wind deflector, arrow 1.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Loading function - 1

text_image Diagram showing two labeled panels (1 and 2) with directional arrows and circular annotations, likely illustrating a mechanical or architectural concept.
  1. Turn the rotary handle to position, arrow 2.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Loading function - 2

natural_image Illustration of a robotic car interior with a hand holding a numbered card (number 3), no visible text or symbols on the main subject.

Fold both sections of the wind deflector forward and rest them against the front seats, arrow 3.

To protect the seat cushions or to use the bag holders, you can fold the rear backrest down, refer to page 112.

Adjustments

Sitting safely

The ideal sitting position can make a vital contribution to relaxed, fatigue-free driving. In conjunction with the safety belts, the head restraints and the airbags, the seated position has a major influence on your safety in the event of an accident. To ensure that the safety systems operate with optimal efficiency, we strongly urge you to observe the instructions contained in the following section.

For additional information on transporting children safely, refer to page 47.

Airbags

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Airbags - 1

Always maintain an adequate distance between yourself and the airbags. Always grip the steering wheel on the rim, with your hands in the 3 o'clock and 9 o'clock positions, to minimize the risk of injury to the hands or arms in the event of the airbag being triggered off.

No one and nothing should come between the airbags and the seat occupant.

Do not use the cover of the front airbag on the front passenger side as a storage area. Make sure that the front passenger is sitting correctly, e.g. not resting feet or legs on the dashboard; otherwise, leg injuries can occur if the front airbag deploys.

Make sure that passengers keep their heads away from the side airbag and do not lean against the cover of the head airbag; otherwise, serious injuries can result if the airbag deploys.

Even if you follow all the instructions, injuries resulting from contact with airbags cannot be fully excluded, depending on the circumstances. The ignition and inflation noise may provoke a mild hearing loss in extremely sensitive individuals. This effect is usually only temporary.

For airbag locations and additional information on airbags, refer to page 88.

Head restraint

A correctly adjusted head restraint reduces the risk of neck injury in the event of an accident.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Head restraint - 1

Adjust the head restraint in such a way that its center is at approx. ear level.

Otherwise, there is an increased risk of injury in the event of an accident.

Head restraints, refer to page 39.

Safety belt

Before every drive, make sure that all occupants wear their safety belts. Airbags complement the safety belt as an additional safety device, but they do not represent a substitute.

Your vehicle has four seats, each of which is equipped with a safety belt.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Safety belt - 1

Never allow more than one person to wear a single safety belt. Never allow

infants or small children to ride in a passenger's lap. Make sure that the belt in the lap area sits low across the hips and does not press against the abdomen.

The safety belt must not rest against the throat, run across sharp edges, pass over hard or fragile objects or be pinched. Fasten the safety belt so that it sits as snugly as possible against the lap and shoulder without being twisted. Otherwise, the belt could slide over your hips and injure your abdomen in the event of a frontal collision.

Avoid wearing bulky clothing and regularly pull the belt in the upper-body area taut; otherwise, its restraining effect could be impaired.

Safety belts, refer to page 43.

Seats

Note before adjusting

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Note before adjusting - 1

Never attempt to adjust your seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond with unexpected movement, and the ensuing loss of vehicle control could lead to an accident.

On the front passenger seat as well, do not incline the backrest too far to the rear while the vehicle is being driven; otherwise, there is a danger in the event of an accident of sliding under the safety belt, eliminating the protection normally provided by the belt.

Comply with the instructions on head restraint height on page 39, and on damaged safety belts on page 43.

Manual adjustment

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Manual adjustment - 1

Observe the adjustment instructions on page 37 to ensure the best possible per-protection.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Manual adjustment - 2

text_image Diagram showing car seatbelt components with directional arrows and numbered labels 1 and 2

Longitudinal direction

Pull lever 1 and slide the seat to the desired position.

After releasing the lever, move the seat gently forward or back to make sure it engages properly.

Height

Pull lever 2 and apply your weight to the seat or lift it off, as necessary.

Backrest
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Height - 1

text_image 3

Pull lever 3 and apply your weight to the back-rest or lift it off, as necessary.

Tilt*
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Height - 2

natural_image Diagram of a car's side profile showing a key inserted into the dashboard and a vertical double-headed arrow indicating compression (no text or symbols present)

Pull the lever and apply your weight to the seat or lift it off, as necessary.

Thigh support*
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Height - 3

natural_image Diagram of a car seatbelt buckle with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

Pull the lever and move the thigh support forward or back.

Electrical adjustment

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Electrical adjustment - 1

Observe the adjustment instructions on page 37 to ensure the best possible nal protection.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Electrical adjustment - 2

text_image 1 2 3 1 2

1 Longitudinal direction
2 Height
3 Angle

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Electrical adjustment - 3

text_image 4 4 5 5

4 Backrest

5 Convertible: head restraints

Coupe: the head restraints are adjusted manually, refer to Head restraints below.

Lumbar support\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Lumbar support\* - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car interior showing a switch and control panel, with an inset close-up of a four-pin connector (no text or symbols visible)

You can also adjust the contour of the backrest to obtain additional support in the lumbar region.

The upper hips and spinal column receive supplementary support to help you maintain a relaxed, upright sitting position.

Increase or decrease curvature: press the switch at the front or rear, respectively.
Shift curvature up or down: press the switch at the top or bottom, respectively.

Backrest width\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Backrest width\* - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car interior panel with a play button icon and a magnified inset showing the left side (no text or symbols)

You can change the width of the backrest to suit your individual preferences by adjusting the lateral-support pads.

Press the front or rear end of the switch. Backrest width decreases or increases accordingly.

Longitudinal adjustment from outside/behind\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Longitudinal adjustment from outside/behind\* - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car's seat and dashboard area with numbered labels (1 and 2), no readable text or symbols beyond labels.

To move the front seats forward or backward from outside or from one of the rear seats: with the door open, press the front end 1 or rear end 2 of the switch.

Head restraints

Correctly adjusted head restraint

A correctly adjusted head restraint reduces the risk of neck injury in the event of an accident.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Correctly adjusted head restraint - 1

Adjust the head restraint in such a way that its center is at approx. ear level. Ot erwise, there is an increased risk of injury in the event of an accident. Only remove a head restraint if no one will be sitting on the seat in question. Reinstall the head restraint before transporting anyone on that seat. Otherwise, the passenger will be without protection from the head restraint.

Height

Adjust the head restraint so that its center is approximately at ear level.

Distance

Adjust the distance so that the head restraint is as close as possible to the back of the head.

Front active head restraints

In a rear collision of a sufficient strength, the active head restraint reduces the distance to the head.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Front active head restraints - 1

Do not use seat or head restraint covers that could impair the function of the active head restraint. Otherwise, the protective function of the active head restraint will not be ensured and its full potential in reducing the risk of injury in the event of a rear collision may not be realized.

In the event of malfunctions, deactivation or triggering of the active head restraints, have the testing, repair and removal executed only by a BMW center or a workshop that works according to repair procedures of BMW with correspondingly trained personnel and that has the required explosives licenses. Unprofessional attempts to work on the system could lead to failure in an emergency or to undesired airbag activation, either of which could result in personal injury.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Front active head restraints - 2

For technical reasons, the head restraint cannot be removed.

Coupe: front seats

Height adjustment

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Height adjustment - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car seatbelt with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

To raise: pull up.

To lower: press the button, arrow 1, and slide the head restraint down.

Convertible: front seats

Height adjustment

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Height adjustment - 1

natural_image Diagram of a car interior showing a vehicle seat and dashboard with directional arrows indicating movement or force (no text or symbols present)

To raise: press the button upward.
To lower: press the button downward.

Adjusting the distance to the back of the head

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Height adjustment - 2

natural_image Close-up of a mechanical component with a highlighted section and arrow indicating a specific feature (no text or symbols present)

Forward: pull up.
Back: press the button and push the head cushion toward the rear.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Height adjustment - 3

Do not insert objects behind the head cushion; otherwise, the head restraint may not function properly.

Coupe: rear seats

Height adjustment

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Height adjustment - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car's side panel showing a button and directional arrows (no text or symbols)

To raise: pull up.
To lower: press the button, arrow 1, and slide the head restraint down.

Removing

  1. Pull up as far as it will go.
  2. Press the button, arrow 1, tilt the rear seat backrest slightly forward and pull the head restraint all the way out.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Removing - 1

Only remove the head restraints if no passengers will be sitting in the rear. Reinstall head restraints before transporting passengers in the rear.

Entering the rear seats

Coupe: seat with manual longitudinal adjustment

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: seat with manual longitudinal adjustment - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car showing the seat and dashboard with a curved arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)

Easy entry

The easy entry feature includes a memory function for the longitudinal adjustment and backrest angle.

  1. Pull the lever and swing the backrest forward.
  2. Push the seat forward.

Previous position

Push the seat backward and swing the backrest back.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Previous position - 1

When pushing the seat into its rearmost position, make sure that no one is injured that no objects are damaged.

Before driving off, engage both seats and backrests so that they are locked in place. Otherwise, there is a risk of an accident due to unexpected movement.

Seat with electrical longitudinal adjustment

Coupe
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Seat with electrical longitudinal adjustment - 1

text_image Diagram of car interior showing labeled parts with numbered annotations

Convertible

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible - 1

Seat backrest warning lamp:

Comes on when a seat backrest is not engaged.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible - 2

text_image Diagram of car seatbelt mechanism with numbered parts and directional arrow indicating movement

Easy entry

The easy entry feature includes a memory function for the longitudinal adjustment and back-rest angle.

  1. Pull lever 1 and swing the backrest forward.
  2. Press the front end 2 of the switch until the seat has moved into the desired position.

Previous position

Press the rear end 3 of the switch until the seat automatically stops in its previous position, and fold the backrest back. If you release the switch before the previous seat position is reached, the seat will stop at its current position.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Previous position - 1

When sliding the seat backward, make sure no one is injured and no objects are aged.

Before driving off, engage both seats and backrests so that they are locked in place. Otherwise, there is a risk of an accident due to unexpected movement.

Heated seats\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Heated seats\* - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car infotainment unit with labeled ports and buttons (no readable text or symbols)

Depending on the vehicle's equipment, press one of the buttons labeled 1 or 2 here.

Press the button once per temperature level. Three LEDs indicate the highest temperature.

To switch off:

Press button longer.

If you continue driving within approx. the next 15 minutes, the seat heating is automatically activated at the previously set temperature.

The temperature is lowered or the heating is switched off entirely to save on battery power. The LEDs stay lit.

Seat and mirror memory\*

You can store and call up two different combinations of driver's seat and exterior mirror positions.

Settings for the backrest width and lumbar support are not stored in memory.

Storing

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Storing - 1

text_image MEMORY 1 2
  1. Switch on radio readiness or the ignition, refer to page 50.
  2. Adjust the seat and exterior mirrors to the desired positions.
  3. Press the button.

The LED in the button lights up.

  1. Press the desired memory button 1 or 2: the LED goes out.

The driver's seat and exterior mirror positions are stored for the remote control currently in use.

Call-up

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Call-up - 1

Do not call up the memory while you are driving; otherwise, unexpected seat

movement could result in an accident.

Comfort function

  1. Unlock and open the driver's door or switch on radio readiness, refer to page 50.
  2. Briefly press the desired memory button 1 or 2.

The adjusting procedure is halted immediately when you touch a seat adjustment switch or one of the memory buttons.

Safety feature

  1. Close the driver's door and switch the ignition on or off, refer to page 50.
  2. Press the desired memory button 1 or 2 and keep it pressed until the adjustment process has been completed.

If the button was pressed accidentally: Press the button again; the LED goes out.

Call-up with the remote control

The driver's seat position last set is stored for the remote control currently in use.

You can select whether or not the seat is reset to that position automatically.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Call-up with the remote control - 1

When this Personal Profile function is used, first make sure that the footwell

behind the driver's seat is free of obstacles.

Failure to do so could cause injury to persons or damage to objects as a result of a rearward movement of the seat.

The adjusting procedure is halted immediately when you touch a seat adjustment switch or one of the memory buttons.

Activating/deactivating automatic call-up

For operating principle refer to page 74.

  1. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display accompanied by the word "SET".

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Activating/deactivating automatic call-up - 1

text_image Diagram showing a key inserted into a device with directional arrows and a SET button, alongside a close-up of the device's key icon.
  1. Press button 2.

  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Activating/deactivating automatic call-up - 2

text_image Camera control panel interface showing key and display settings with a 1x multiplier adjustment indicator
  1. Press button 2.

  2. Use button 1 to select:

Call-up when the vehicle is unlocked.

▶ 11

Call-up when the driver's door is opened.

▶ off

Switch off automatic function.

  1. Press button 2.

The setting is stored.

Safety belts

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Safety belts - 1

Observe the adjustment instructions on page 37 to ensure the best possible per-protection.

Before every drive, make sure that all occupants wear their safety belts. Airbags complement the safety belt as an additional safety device, but they do not represent a substitute.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Safety belts - 2

natural_image Interior view of a car seatbelt with a close-up inset showing the seatbelt being inserted (no text or symbols visible)

Closing

Make sure you hear the latch plate engage in the belt buckle.

The upper belt anchor is suitable for adults of any stature as long as the seat is adjusted properly, refer to page 37.

Opening

  1. Grasp the belt firmly.
  2. Press the red button in the buckle.
  3. Guide the belt into its reel.

"Fasten safety belts" reminder for driver's and front passenger seat

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - "Fasten safety belts" reminder for driver's and front passenger seat - 1

The indicator lamps light up and an acoustic signal sounds. Check whether the safety belt has been fastened correctly.

The "Fasten safety belts" reminder is issued as long as the driver's safety belt has not been fastened. The "Fasten safety belts" reminder is also activated at road speeds above approx. 5 mph or 8 km/h if the front passenger safety belt is not fastened, if objects are placed on the front passenger seat, or if driver or front passenger unfasten their safety belts.

Damage to safety belts

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Damage to safety belts - 1

If the safety belts are damaged or stressed in an accident: have the belt system, including any belt tensioners or child restraint systems, replaced and the belt anchors checked. Have this work done only by your BMW center or at a workshop that works according to BMW repair procedures with correspondingly trained personnel. Otherwise, it is not guaranteed that the safety devices will function properly.

Coupe: belt hand-over

The concept

The belt hand-over makes it easier for you to fasten your safety belt. When you close the door and switch on radio readiness or the ignition, the belt hand-over extends automatically and presents the in a position that is convenient for fastening it around you. After you have fastened your safety belt, the belt hand-over retracts to its original position.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - The concept - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car seatbelt with a directional arrow pointing to the seat (no text or symbols visible)

Even if you have not yet fastened your safety belt, the belt hand-over will retract if you:

▶ Wait for more than approx. one minute
▶ Open the corresponding door
Start driving.

Closing the respective door reactivates the belt hand-over if the ignition or radio readiness is on.

Front passenger seat

The belt hand-over will extend only if the seat is occupied and after the front passenger door is closed.

Pinch protection system

If the belt hand-over encounters resistance on moving in or out, it moves back slightly in the opposite direction and stops in this position. To reactivate the belt hand-over: open and close the door or switch the ignition off and on.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Pinch protection system - 1

Although there is a pinch protection system, always check that the maneuvering area of the belt hand-over is clear. Otherwise it cannot be ensured that the system will stop moving in certain extreme situations.

Mirrors

Exterior mirrors

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Exterior mirrors - 1

The front passenger's mirror is more convex than the driver's mirror. The objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear. Do not gauge your distance from traffic behind you on the basis of what you see in the mirror; otherwise, there is an increased risk of an accident.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Exterior mirrors - 2

text_image Technical diagram showing a device with labeled parts and an inset view of a component with numbered annotations.

1 Adjustments
2 Switching to the other mirror or automatic curb monitor*
3 Folding mirrors in and out*

The setting for the exterior mirrors is stored for the remote control currently in use*. The stored position is called up automatically when the vehicle is unlocked.

Manual adjustment

The mirrors can also be adjusted manually: press the edge of the glass.

Folding mirrors in and out\*

At driving speeds up to approx. 12 mph/20 km/h, you can fold the mirrors in and out by pressing button 3. This can be beneficial in narrow streets, for example, or for moving mirrors that were folded in by hand back out into their correct positions. Mirrors that were folded in are folded out automatically at a speed of approx. 25 mph/40 km/h.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Folding mirrors in and out\* - 1

Before entering an automatic car wash, fold in the exterior mirrors manually or button 3 to prevent them from being dam- depending on the width of the vehicle.

Automatic heating

Depending on the outside temperature, both exterior mirrors are heated automatically when the engine is running or the ignition is switched on.

Passenger side mirror tilt function – automatic curb monitor\*

Activating

  1. Push the switch to the position for the driver's side mirror, arrow 1.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Activating - 1

natural_image Illustration of a washing machine with a close-up view showing the blade and adjustment arrows (no text or symbols)
  1. Shift into reverse or engage the selector lever- or transmission position R. The glass of the mirror on the passenger side tilts slightly down. This allows the driver to see the area immediately adjacent to the vehicle, e.g. a curb, when backing into a parking space.

Deactivating

Push the switch to the position for the passenger side mirror, arrow 2.

Interior rearview mirror
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Deactivating - 1

natural_image Diagram of a car interior showing a mirror and directional arrows indicating movement or force (no text or symbols)

Turn the knob to reduce glare from the head-lamps of cars behind you when driving at night.

Interior and exterior mirrors, automatic dimming feature\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Interior and exterior mirrors, automatic dimming feature\* - 1

natural_image Simple line drawing of a car interior panel with a downward arrow pointing to a dot (no text or symbols)

The automatic dimming feature of the interior and exterior mirrors* is controlled by two photo cells in the interior rearview mirror. One photo cell is in the mirror frame, see arrow; the other is on the back of the mirror.

In order to ensure that the system functions correctly, keep the photo cells clean, do not cover the area between the interior rearview mirror and windshield, and do not affix adhesive labels or stickers of any kind to the windshield directly in front of the mirror.

Steering wheel

Adjustments

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Adjustments - 1

Do not adjust the steering wheel position while the car is in motion; otherwise, there is a risk of an accident due to unexpected movement.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Adjustments - 2

natural_image Diagram of a car interior showing directional arrows and a black object on the floor (no text or symbols)
  1. Fold the lever down.
  2. Move the steering wheel to the preferred height and angle to suit your seated position.
  3. Swing the lever back up.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Adjustments - 3

Do not use force to swing the lever back up; otherwise, the mechanism will be damaged.

Steering wheel heating*
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Adjustments - 4

natural_image Interior view of a car showing steering wheel and dashboard, with a close-up of a device labeled 'Sight Sensor' (no text or symbols on the device itself)

Press the button.

The LED in the button lights up when the steering wheel heating is switched on.

Transporting children safely

The right place for children

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - The right place for children - 1

Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle; otherwise, they could endanger themselves and/or other persons by opening the doors, for example.

Children always in the rear

Accident research has shown that the safest place for children is on the rear seat.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Children always in the rear - 1

Children under the age of 13 or smaller than 5 ft/150 cm may be transported only in the rear in suitable child restraint systems appropriate for their age, weight and size. Otherwise, there is an increased risk of injury in the event of an accident.

Children 13 years of age or older must be buckled in with a safety belt as soon as there no longer is any child restraint system that is appropriate for their age, size and weight.

Children in the front passenger seat

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Children in the front passenger seat - 1

Should it be necessary to use a child restraint system on the front passenger seat, the front and side airbags for the front passenger must be deactivated. Otherwise, a child traveling on that seat will face a significant risk of injury if the airbags are triggered off, even with a child restraint system.

For more information on automatic deactivation of the front passenger airbags refer to page 88.

Installing child restraint systems

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Installing child restraint systems - 1

Observe the child restraint system manufacturer's instructions when selecting, installing and using child restraint systems.

Otherwise, the protective effect may be diminished.

Standard child restraint systems are designed to be secured with a lap belt or with the lap-belt section of a lap-and-shoulder belt. Incorrectly

or improperly installed child restraint systems can increase the risk of injury to children.

Always follow the installation instructions for the system with the greatest care.

On the front passenger seat

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - On the front passenger seat - 1

After installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat, make sure that the front and side airbags for the front passenger are deactivated; otherwise, there is an increased risk of injury if the airbags deploy.

Seat position

Before installing a child restraint system, move the front passenger seat as far back and up as possible to obtain the best possible position for the belt. Do not change the seat position after this.

Backrest width\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Backrest width\* - 1

The backrest width of the front passenger seat must be at its widest possible setting. Do not change the setting after installing the child seat. Otherwise, the child seat's stability on the front passenger seat is limited.

  1. Adjust the backrest width to its widest setting, refer to page 38.

  2. Install the child seat.

Child seat security

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Child seat security - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car showing seatbelt and dashboard (no text or symbols visible)

The rear safety belts and the front passenger safety belt can be prevented from being pulled out in order to fasten child restraint systems.

To lock the safety belt

  1. Secure the child restraint system with the belt.
  2. Pull the belt strap all the way out.
  3. Allow the belt strap to retract and pull it taut against the child restraint system.
    The safety belt is locked.

To unlock the safety belt

  1. Open the belt buckle.
  2. Remove the child restraint system.
  3. Allow the safety belt strap to retract all the way.

LATCH child restraint fixing system

LATCH: Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children.

To install and use the LATCH child restraint system, follow the operating and safety instructions provided by the manufacturer of the system; otherwise, the protective function of the seat may be compromised.

Mounts for the lower LATCH anchors

Before installing the child seat, pull the belt out of the area for the child restraint fixing system.

Ensure that both lower LATCH anchors are correctly engaged and that the child restraint system is resting firmly against the backrest; otherwise, the protective function of the seat may be compromised.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Mounts for the lower LATCH anchors - 1

natural_image Interior view of a vehicle cabin with a circular icon highlighting a person in the seat (no text or symbols present)

The anchor points for the lower LATCH anchors are located behind the labeled protective caps.

Upper LATCH retaining strap

Convertible

For Canadian Customers Only.

The following statement is required by Transport Canada.

This vehicle is not equipped with user-ready tether anchorages. As such neither a child restraint system, nor a booster cushion, requiring the use of a tether strap can be properly secured in the vehicle.

Coupe

Use the top tether anchors to secure child restraint systems only; otherwise, the anchors could be damaged.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe - 1

natural_image Top-down view of a vehicle chassis with two upward-pointing arrows indicating movement or positioning (no text or symbols present)

For child restraint systems with tether straps there are two additional anchors, see arrows.

Placement of the tether strap

Coupe

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe - 1

Make sure the upper retaining strap does not run over sharp edges and is not

twisted as it passes to the top anchor. Otherwise, the strap will not properly secure the child restraint system in the event of an accident.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe - 2

text_image 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 Direction of travel
2 Head restraint
3 Hook for upper retaining strap
4 Anchor
5 Rear window shelf
6 Seat backrest
7 Upper retaining strap of child restraint system

If necessary, fold the anchors upward before use.

  1. Push the head restraint upward.
  2. Guide the upper retaining strap between the head restraint holders.
  3. Use the hook to clip the retaining strap to the anchor.
  4. Push the head restraint into its lowermost position.
  5. Pull the retaining strap taut.

Driving

Ignition lock

Insert the remote control into the ignition lock

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Ignition lock - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car dashboard with a black connector and a pointing arrow (no visible text or symbols)

Insert the remote control all the way into the ignition lock.

Radio readiness is switched on. Individual electrical consumers can operate.

Comfort Access\*

If the car is equipped with Comfort Access, only insert the remote control into the ignition lock under special circumstances, refer to page 27.

Removing the remote control from the ignition lock

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Removing the remote control from the ignition lock - 1

Do not forcibly pull the remote control out of the ignition lock as this may cause damage.

Before removing the remote control, push it all the way in to release the locking mechanism.

The ignition is switched off if it was on.

Automatic transmission

You cannot take out the remote control unless the selector lever is in the P position: interlock.

Start/stop button

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Start/stop button - 1

natural_image Illustration of a car interior with a camera and directional arrow pointing to the camera (no text or symbols)

Pressing the start/stop button switches radio readiness or the ignition on or off.

Manual transmission: when you press the start/stop button and depress the clutch, the engine starts.

Automatic transmission and Sports automatic transmission with double clutch: when you press the start/stop button and depress the brake pedal, the engine starts.

Radio readiness

Individual electrical consumers can operate. The time and the outside temperature are displayed in the instrument cluster.

Radio readiness is switched off automatically:

When the remote control is removed from the ignition lock
In cars with Comfort Access*, by touching the surface above the door lock, refer to Locking on page 28

Ignition on

All electrical consumers can operate. The odometer and trip odometer are displayed in the instrument cluster.

When the engine is off, please switch off the ignition and any unnecessary electrical consumers in order to preserve the battery.

Radio readiness and ignition off

All indicator and warning lamps as well as displays in the instrument cluster go out.

Starting the engine

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Starting the engine - 1

Do not run the engine in enclosed areas; otherwise, the inhalation of toxic exhaust gases can cause loss of consciousness and death. The exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide, an odorless and colorless, but highly toxic gas. Never leave an unattended vehicle with the engine running; otherwise, such a vehicle represents a potential safety hazard. Before leaving the vehicle with the engine running, always shift into neutral or selector lever / transmission position P and apply the parking brake forcefully to prevent the vehicle from rolling.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Starting the engine - 2

Avoid frequent starting in quick succession as well as repeated start attempts in which the engine does not start. Otherwise, the fuel is not burned or incompletely burned and there is a danger of overheating and damaging the catalytic converter.

Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving right away, but at moderate engine speeds.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Starting the engine - 3

natural_image Illustration of a car interior with a highlighted circular object and an arrow pointing to a window (no text or symbols)

Manual transmission

Remote control in the ignition lock or, with Comfort Access, inside the vehicle, refer to page 27.

  1. Depress the brake.
  2. Depress the clutch and shift to neutral position.
  3. Press the start/stop button.

The starter operates automatically for a certain time, and stops automatically as soon as the engine has started.

Automatic transmission

Remote control in the ignition lock or, with Comfort Access, inside the vehicle, refer to page 27.

  1. Depress the brake.
  2. Move the selector lever to position P.
  3. Press the start/stop button.

The starter operates automatically for a certain time, and stops automatically as soon as the engine has started.

Sports automatic transmission with double clutch

Remote control in the ignition lock or, with Comfort Access, inside the vehicle, refer to page 27.

  1. Depress the brake.
  2. Press the start/stop button.

The engine starts independent of the current transmission position.

Switching off the engine

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Switching off the engine - 1

Always take the remote control with you when you leave the vehicle.

When parking, apply the parking brake forcefully; otherwise, the vehicle could begin to roll.

Manual transmission

  1. With the car at a standstill, press the start/stop button.
  2. Shift into first gear or reverse.
  3. Forcefully apply the parking brake.
  4. Removing the remote control from the ignition lock, refer to page 50.

Automatic transmission

  1. With the car at a standstill, move the selector lever to position P.
  2. Press the start/stop button.
  3. Forcefully apply the parking brake.
  4. Removing the remote control from the ignition lock, refer to page 50.

Sports automatic transmission with double clutch

  1. With the car at a standstill, press the start/stop button.
    If the transmission is shifted into N when the engine is switched off, you will be notified visually and acoustically of this fact.
  2. Forcefully apply the parking brake.
  3. Remove remote control from the ignition lock, refer to page 50. The transmission is automatically shifted into transmission position P.

Parking brake

The parking brake is primarily intended to prevent the vehicle from rolling while parked; it brakes the rear wheels.

Indicator lamp

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator lamp - 1

The indicator lamp is lit, and when you drive off an acoustic signal sounds in addition. The parking brake is still applied.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator lamp - 2

Indicator lamp for Canadian models.

Applying

The lever locks in position automatically.

Releasing

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Releasing - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car gear shift lever with a white arrow pointing to the component (no text or symbols visible)

网址: 招商动态

Pull slightly upwards, press the button and lower the lever.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Releasing - 2

In exceptional cases, if the parking brake has to be used to slow or stop the car, do not pull the lever up too hard. In doing so, continuously press the button of the parking brake lever.

Otherwise, excessive force on the parking brake can lock up the rear wheels and cause the rear of the car to swerve.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Releasing - 3

To prevent corrosion and one-sided braking action, occasionally apply the parking brake lightly when the vehicle is slowly coming to a stop if the traffic conditions are suitable.

The brake lamps do not light up when the parking brake is applied.

Manual transmission

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Manual transmission - 1

text_image R 1 3 5 2 4 6

(1)

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Manual transmission - 2

When shifting into 5th or 6th gear, press the gearshift lever to the right. Otherwise, the engine could be damaged if you inadvertently shift into 3rd or 4th gear.

Reverse gear

Select this only when the vehicle is stationary. When the gearshift lever is pressed to the left, a slight resistance has to be overcome.

Automatic transmission with Steptronic\*

In addition to fully automatic operation, you can also manually shift with the Steptronic, refer to page 54.

Vehicle parking

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Vehicle parking - 1

To prevent the vehicle from rolling, always select position P and apply the parking brake before leaving the vehicle with the engine running.

Disengaging the remote control

In order to remove the remote control from the ignition lock, you must first move the selector lever to position P and switch off the engine: interlock. Removing the remote control from the ignition lock, refer to page 50.

Selector lever positions

PRNDM/S+-

Displays in the instrument cluster

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Displays in the instrument cluster - 1

text_image +74 °F 11:15 am M4 032050 · 123.8

The selector lever position is displayed and, in manual mode, the engaged gear, e.g. M4.

Changing selector lever positions

With the ignition switched on or the engine running, the selector lever can be moved out of position P.

Before moving the lever away from P or N with the vehicle stationary, first depress the brake; otherwise, the selector lever will refuse to move: shiftlock.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Changing selector lever positions - 1

To prevent the vehicle from creeping after you select a driving position, less the brake until you are ready to

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Changing selector lever positions - 2

natural_image Interior view of a car showing a black gear shift lever on the intake manifold (no text or symbols visible)

A lock prevents you from inadvertently engaging selector lever positions R and P. To cancel the lock, press the button on the front of the selector lever, see arrow.

P Park

Select this only when the vehicle is stationary. The rear wheels are locked.

R Reverse

Select this only when the vehicle is stationary.

N Neutral

You can select this in a car wash, for example. The vehicle can roll.

D Drive, automatic position

Position for normal vehicle operation. All forward gears are selected automatically.

Under normal operating conditions, fuel consumption is lowest when you are driving in position D.

Kickdown

Kickdown enables you to achieve maximum performance.

Press the accelerator pedal beyond the full-throttle resistance point.

Sport program and manual operation M/S

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Sport program and manual operation M/S - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car showing a black gear shift lever with a white arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

Move selector lever from position D toward the left into the M/S shifting slot; the Sport program is activated. This position is recommended for a performance-oriented driving style.

DS is displayed in the instrument cluster.

To deactivate the sport program or manual mode M/S, move the selector lever to the right into position D.

Shifting gears via the selector lever

Move selector lever from position D toward the left into the M/S shifting slot:

When you press the selector lever forwards or backwards, the manual mode is activated and Steptronic changes gear.

The engaged gear, e.g. M1 is displayed in the instrument cluster.

Upshifts and downshifts are executed only when they will result in a plausible combination of engine and vehicle speed; thus, for example, a downshift that would cause the engine to overrev will not be executed by the system.

The gear selected is briefly displayed in the instrument cluster, followed again by the gear actually in use.

Shifting gears via shift paddles\* on the steering wheel

The shift paddles allow you to shift gears quickly since both hands can remain on the steering wheel.

When you use the shift paddles on the steering wheel to shift gears in automatic mode, the transmission switches to manual mode.
If you do not accelerate or shift gears using the shift paddles for a certain amount of time, the transmission switches back to automatic mode.

If the selector lever is in the M/S gear plane, manual mode remains active.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Shifting gears via shift paddles\* on the steering wheel - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car steering wheel with two directional arrows indicating clockwise motion (no text or symbols)

To upshift, briefly pull the right shift paddle +.

To downshift, briefly pull the left shift paddle –.

Upshifts and downshifts are executed only when they will result in a plausible combination of engine and vehicle speed; thus, for example, a downshift that would cause the engine to overrev will not be executed by the system.

The gear selected is briefly displayed in the instrument cluster, followed again by the gear actually in use.

Overriding selector lever lock

Should the selector lever refuse to move out of position P even though the ignition is switched on, the brake is depressed and the button on the selector lever is pressed, the selector lever lock can be overridden:

  1. Unclip the sleeve of the selector lever.
  2. Pull the sleeve up over the selector lever until the sleeve is inside out.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Overriding selector lever lock - 1

natural_image Close-up of a mechanical component with a white arrow pointing to a specific part (no visible text or symbols)
  1. Using the screwdriver from the onboard vehicle tool kit, refer to page 154, press the red lever while moving the selector lever to the desired position.

7-gear Sports automatic transmission with double clutch\*

The concept

The 7-gear Sports automatic transmission with double clutch is an automated manual transmission with two clutches and secondary gear sets in which the clutching and shifting is handled by an electrohydraulic system.

With the 7-gear Sports automatic transmission with double clutch, the gears are shifted without an interruption in driving power.

You operate the 7-gear Sports automatic transmission with double clutch using the selector lever and two shift paddles on the steering wheel.

It offers you the following functions:

either manual or automatic mode: sequential mode or drive mode

▶ automatic downshifting and protection against incorrect gear selection, even in sequential mode
▶ Launch Control, refer to page 59
▶ Automatic throttle blip

System limitations

The 7-gear Sports automatic transmission with double clutch has an overheating protection that protects the clutch from extreme loads.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - System limitations - 1

The indicator lamp lights up in yellow if the transmission becomes too warm.

Avoid high engine loads and frequent accelerations from zero. If the transmission is overheated, the indicator lamp lights up in red and the power flow to the motor is interrupted. It is only possible to continue driving once the transmission has cooled down.

Avoid frequent powerful accelerations from zero and do not hold the vehicle on inclines by pressing lightly on the accelerator while letting the clutch slip, as this may cause the transmission to overheat.

Selector lever positions

PRNDM/S+−

Displays in the instrument cluster
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Selector lever positions - 1

text_image +74 °F 11:15 am M4 032050 - 123.8

The selector lever position and the engaged gear are displayed, e.g. M4.

Engaging selector lever positions

The selector lever can be moved out of position P only with the engine running: interlock.
Before moving the lever away from P or N with the vehicle stationary, first depress the brake; otherwise, the desired shift will not be executed: shiftlock.

Shifting into N, D, R
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Engaging selector lever positions - 1

text_image R N P 1 N D

Briefly push the selector lever in the desired direction, overcoming a resistance point if necessary. When shifting out of P or into R, simultaneously press the button 1.

The engaged selector lever position is also displayed on the selector lever.

When you release the selector lever, it returns to its center position.

Shifting into P
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Engaging selector lever positions - 2

natural_image Interior view of a car showing a black car key inserted into the intake compartment, with no visible text or symbols.

Press the button P.

PPark

Select this only when the vehicle is stationary. The rear wheels are locked.

The transmission is shifted into P if, with the engine running, you open the driver's door, do not have your safety belt fastened, and subsequently actuate neither the brake pedal nor the accelerator.
The transmission is shifted into P as soon as you switch off the engine, unless the transmission is in N and the remote control is in the ignition lock, refer to page 151. As soon as you remove the remote control from the ignition lock, then the transmission is shifted into P.

R Reverse

Select this only when the vehicle is stationary.

N Neutral

You can select this in a car wash, for example. The vehicle can roll.

After the engine is switched off, the transmission remains in N if you leave the remote control in the ignition lock. You can use this function at a car wash, for example, refer to page 151.

D Drive mode

In Drive mode, all forward gears are shifted automatically.

Kickdown

For sudden acceleration maneuvers such as passing, depress the accelerator past the resistance point. This provides maximum acceleration.

Sport program and manual operation M/S

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Sport program and manual operation M/S - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car gear shift lever with a black key inserted, showing no text or symbols on the lever itself.

Push selector lever toward the left from the selector lever position D, the Sport program is activated. This position is recommended for a performance-oriented driving style.

The engaged gear, e.g. S1, is displayed in the instrument cluster.

When you press the selector lever forwards or backwards, the manual mode is activated and Steptronic changes gear.

The engaged gear, e.g. M1 is displayed in the instrument cluster.

In the following situations, the 7-gear Sports automatic transmission with double clutch does the thinking for you:

Upshifts and downshifts are executed only when they will result in a plausible combination of engine and vehicle speed; thus, for example, a downshift that could cause the engine to overrev will not be executed by the system.
At a stop, the transmission is automatically shifted down to the first gear.
Shortly before the speed falls below a gear-dependent minimum speed, the transmission automatically downshifts without your intervention.

Quick downshifting: Even in sequential mode, you can skip over several gears in order to achieve an optimum acceleration. To do so, depress the accelerator past the resistance point.

To return to automatic mode, push the selector lever to the right.

Gear shifting

Upshift or downshift using the selector lever or the shift paddles. You do not need to lift your foot off the accelerator when doing so.

Using the selector lever

To upshift, pull the selector lever toward the rear.
To downshift, push it toward the front.

Using the shift paddles on the steering wheel

You can also shift manually using two shift paddles on the steering wheel. The shift paddles allow you to shift gears quickly since both hands can remain on the steering wheel.

When you use the shift paddles on the steering wheel to shift gears in automatic mode, the transmission switches to manual mode.
If you do not accelerate or shift gears using the shift paddles for a certain amount of time, the transmission switches back to automatic mode if the selector lever is in position D.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Using the shift paddles on the steering wheel - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car dashboard with steering wheel and dashboard indicators (no text or symbols)

To upshift, briefly pull the right shift paddle +.
To downshift, briefly pull the left shift paddle –.

Driving dynamics control

The driving dynamics control permits you, at the push of a button, to have your BMW react in an even more sporty fashion when driving:

▶ Optimal use is made of the engine's speed range.
▶ Gear changes occur more quickly.
The engine reacts more spontaneously to accelerator pedal movements.

Activating the system

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Activating the system - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car gear shift lever with an inset showing a 'SPORT' button (no text or symbols on the lever itself)

Press the SPORT button.

The LED in the button lights up and SPORT appears in the info display.

Deactivating the system

▶ Press the SPORT button again
▶ Switching off the engine

The LED in the button lights up and SPORT appears in the info display.

Manually unlocking parking lock

In the event of a power supply interruption such as a discharged or disconnected battery or an electrical malfunction, the parking lock must be manually unlocked; otherwise, the rear wheels are immobilized and the vehicle cannot be towed.

Only unlock the parking lock manually for towing and make sure to set the parking brake forcefully beforehand so that the vehicle cannot roll. Lock the parking lock again after the vehicle is parked.

Releasing

  1. Unclip the sleeve of the selector lever.
  2. Pull the sleeve up over the selector lever until the sleeve is inside out.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Releasing - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car gear shift lever with a black plastic cup inserted, showing the shaft and handle (no text or symbols visible)
  1. Using the allen wrench from the toolkit, refer to page 154, rotate the cover until it reaches the stop, arrow 1, and remove, arrow 2.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Releasing - 2

natural_image Diagram of a car interior showing steering wheel, dashboard, and gear shift (no text or symbols)
  1. Insert allen wrench into the opening, arrow 1.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Releasing - 3

natural_image Diagram of a car air intake system with directional arrows and component labels (no readable text or symbols)
  1. Rotate allen wrench until it reaches the stop, arrow 2. The parking lock is unlocked.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Releasing - 4

Do not turn allen wrench in the opposite direction; otherwise, you may change the mechanism.

  1. Remove allen wrench from the opening.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Releasing - 5

After parking the vehicle, lock the parking lock again. Otherwise, there is a danger he vehicle will roll.

Locking

  1. Press the button, see arrow. The parking lock is locked again.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Locking - 1

natural_image Close-up of a mechanical device with a downward arrow pointing to a component (no visible text or symbols)
  1. Replace cover again.
  2. Clip the selector lever sleeve back into place.
  3. Forcefully apply the parking brake.

Jump-starting and towing, starting on page 161.

Launch Control

Launch Control enables an optimum acceleration when starting off on a road surface with good traction.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Launch Control - 1

Do not use Launch Control too often; otherwise, the powerful stresses on the vehicle lead to premature component wear.

Launch Control is available when the engine is at operating temperature, i.e. after driving continuously for approx. 6.2 miles/10 km.

  1. With the engine running, step on the brake with your left foot.
  2. Activate Dynamic Traction Control (DTC), refer to page 81.
  3. Activate Driving dynamics control, refer to page 58.
  4. With the vehicle stationary, activate the manual mode and select 1^st gear.
  5. With your right foot, push the accelerator pedal past the resistance point. The engine speed for pulling away is adjusted. A flag symbol appears in the instrument cluster.
  6. When you release the brake pedal, the vehicle accelerates. Keep the accelerator pedal floored.
  7. The upshifting occurs automatically as long as you keep the accelerator pedal pressed past the resistance point.

Launch Control will be ready for use again after you drive a certain distance.

Launch Control is not available for use during the break-in phase, refer to page 120.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Launch Control - 2

To maintain driving stability, keep DSC activated whenever possible.

Turn signals/headlamp flasher

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Turn signals/headlamp flasher - 1

text_image Diagram showing car interior with labeled directional arrows and a central car, likely illustrating vehicle or traffic flow.

1 High beams

2 Headlamp flasher

3 Turn signals

Using turn signals

Press the lever beyond the resistance point.

To turn off manually, press the lever to the resistance point.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Using turn signals - 1

Unusually rapid flashing of the indicator lamp indicates that a turn signal indicator

has failed.

Indicating a turn briefly

Press the lever as far as the resistance point for as long as you wish to indicate a turn.

Triple turn signal activation

Press the lever as far as the resistance point. The turn signals flash three times.

You can activate or deactivate this function.

  1. Switch on the ignition, refer to page 50.

  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display accompanied by the word "SET".

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Triple turn signal activation - 1

text_image Diagram showing a key inserted into a device with an icon and SET button, alongside a directional arrow and control buttons.
  1. Press button 2.

  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Triple turn signal activation - 2

text_image Camera control interface showing key and 1x speed adjustment icons with directional arrows
  1. Press button 2.

  2. Use button 1 to select:

Turn signals flash once.

Triple turn signal.

  1. Press button 2.

The setting is stored for the remote control currently in use.

Wiper system

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Wiper system - 1

text_image 1 2 3 4 5

1 Switching on wipers
2 Switching off wipers or brief wipe
3 Activating/deactivating intermittent wipe or rain sensor*
4 Cleaning windshield and headlamps*
5 Setting speed for intermittent wipe, or sensitivity of the rain sensor

Switching on wipers

Press the lever upward, arrow 1.

The lever automatically returns to its initial position when released.

Normal wiper speed

Press once.

The system switches to operation in the intermittent mode when the vehicle is stationary.

Fast wiper speed

Press twice or press beyond the resistance point.

The system switches to normal speed when the vehicle is stationary.

Intermittent wipe or rain sensor\*

If the car is not equipped with a rain sensor, the intermittent-wipe time is a preset.

If the car is equipped with a rain sensor, the time between wipes is controlled automatically and depends on the intensity of the rainfall. The rain sensor is mounted on the windshield, directly in front of the interior rearview mirror.

Activating intermittent wipe or rain sensor

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Activating intermittent wipe or rain sensor - 1

text_image 5 3

Press the button, arrow 3. The LED in the button lights up.

Setting speed for intermittent wipe or sensitivity of the rain sensor

Turn thumbwheel 5 up or down.

Deactivating intermittent wipe or rain sensor

Press the button again, arrow 3.

The LED goes out.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Deactivating intermittent wipe or rain sensor - 1

Deactivate the rain sensor before entering an automatic car wash. Failure to do

so could result in damage caused by undesired wiper activation.

Cleaning windshield and headlamps\*

Pull the lever, arrow 4.

Washer fluid is sprayed onto the windshield and the wipers are operated for a short time.

When the vehicle lighting system is switched on, the headlamps are cleaned at regular and appropriate intervals.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Cleaning windshield and headlamps\* - 1

Do not use the washers if there is any danger that the fluid will freeze on the

windshield. If you do, your vision could be obscured. Antifreeze should therefore be added to the fluid, refer to Washer fluid.

Do not use the washers when the washer fluid reservoir is empty; otherwise, you will damage the washer pump.

Windshield washer nozzles

The windshield washer nozzles are heated automatically* while the engine is running or the ignition is switched on.

Washer fluid

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Washer fluid - 1

Washer fluid antifreeze is flammable.

Therefore, keep it away from ignition sources and only store it in the closed original container that is kept out of reach of children; otherwise, there is a risk of personal injury. Comply with the instructions on the container.

Washer fluid filler neck

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Washer fluid filler neck - 1

Only refill washer fluid when the engine is cool to avoid contact with hot engine

parts. Otherwise, fluid spills constitute a fire hazard and a risk to personal safety.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Washer fluid filler neck - 2

natural_image Interior view of a car engine bay with two circular components and a tool inserted (no visible text or symbols)

All washer nozzles are supplied with washer fluid by the same reservoir.

Fill with water and, if required, with a washer antifreeze, according to manufacturer's recommendations.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Washer fluid filler neck - 3

Mix the water and antifreeze before filling the washer fluid reservoir to make sure

the correct concentration is maintained.

Capacity

Approx. 6.3 US quarts/6 liters.

Cruise control\*

The concept

Cruise control is available for use at speeds of approx. 20 mph or 30 km/h. The car then stores and maintains the speed that you specify using the lever on the steering column. In order to maintain the specified speed, the system brakes the vehicle when the engine braking effect is insufficient on downhill gradients.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - The concept - 1

Do not use cruise control when driving at constant speed is prevented by adverse conditions, e.g. winding roads, dense traffic or poor road conditions due to, e.g., snow, rain, ice or loose surfaces. Otherwise, you could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident as a result.

Manual transmission

You can shift gears while cruise control is activated. The system is deactivated when you drive at very low engine speeds for an extended period.

One lever for all functions
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Manual transmission - 1

text_image Diagram showing a mechanical or electrical component with numbered parts and directional arrows indicating flow or movement.

1 Storing and maintaining speed or accelerating
2 Storing and maintaining speed or decelerating
3 Deactivating cruise control
4 Resuming a speed stored beforehand

Maintaining current speed

Tap the lever, arrow 1, or pull it briefly, arrow 2. The car's current speed is stored and maintained. It is displayed on the speedometer and briefly in the instrument cluster.

On uphill gradients, it may prove impossible to maintain the set speed if current engine power output is insufficient. If the engine braking effect is insufficient on downhill slopes, the system will brake the vehicle slightly.

Increasing desired speed

Repeatedly press the lever to the resistance point or beyond, arrow 1, until the desired speed is reached.

Each time the lever is pressed to the resistance point, the desired speed is increased by approx. 1 mph or 1 km/h.
Each time the lever is pressed beyond the resistance point, the desired speed is increased by up to 5 mph or 10 km/h.

The system stores and maintains the speed.

Accelerating using the lever

Accelerating slightly:

Press the lever to the resistance point, arrow 1, until the desired speed is reached.

Accelerating significantly:

Press the lever beyond the resistance point, arrow 1, until the desired speed is reached.

The vehicle accelerates without pressure on the accelerator pedal. The system stores and maintains the speed.

Decreasing speed

Repeatedly pull the lever to the resistance point or beyond, arrow 2, until the desired speed is displayed.

Each time the lever is pulled to the resistance point, the desired speed is decreased by approx. 1 mph or 1 km/h.
Each time the lever is pulled beyond the resistance point, the desired speed is reduced by up to 5 mph or 10 km/h until the minimum speed of 20 mph or 30 km/h is achieved.

The system stores and maintains the speed.

Deactivating cruise control

Tap the lever upwards or downwards, arrow 3. The displays on the speedometer disappear.

In addition, the system is automatically deactivated:

When you brake the vehicle
When you switch gears very slowly or shift to neutral in cars with manual transmission
When you select the automatic transmission's neutral position N
When you select the neutral position N with the Sports automatic transmission with double clutch
When you activate DTC or deactivate DSC
When DSC or ABS is intervening

Cruise control is not deactivated by depressing the accelerator pedal. Once the accelerator pedal is released, the stored speed is achieved again and maintained.

Warning lamp

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Warning lamp - 1

The warning lamp lights up when cruise control is deactivated due to control intervention by the DSC, for

example.

Resuming a speed stored beforehand

Press the button, arrow 4. The last stored speed is resumed and maintained.

In the following instances, the stored speed is deleted and can no longer be resumed:

When driving stability control systems are intervening
In cars with manual transmission: when you shift gears very slowly or shift to neutral
In cars with automatic transmission: when you engage selector lever position N
In cars with Sports automatic transmission with double clutch: when you engage selector lever position N
When the ignition is switched off

Displays in the instrument cluster

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Displays in the instrument cluster - 1

text_image 1 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 20 50 mph 2

1 Stored speed
2 Selected speed is displayed briefly

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Displays in the instrument cluster - 2

If --- mph or --- km/h temporarily appears in the instrument cluster display, it is pos-

sible that the system prerequisites for operation are currently not met.

Calling up Check Control messages, refer to page 78.

Malfunction

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Malfunction - 1

The warning lamp comes on when the system has failed. More information can be found beginning on

page 164.

Active cruise control\*

The concept

With active cruise control, you can select a desired speed which is not only automatically maintained when driving on open roadways, but also varied to maintain a selected distance setting as slower traffic is encountered.

Active cruise control is a technological advance over the familiar cruise control and is a welcome relief from the constant adjustment of speed that can accompany driving in traffic on highways or other high-speed thoroughfares. Especially on longer trips, the system can reduce fatigue and tension, while increasing your enjoyment of driving. Please use it safely and responsibly.

Within the limits of its capability, the system automatically adapts the car's speed to that of a slower vehicle in front of you. You can specify the distance to be maintained from the vehicle in front in four stages. For safety reasons, the distance is speed-dependent. Based on your selected distance setting, the system automatically decreases the throttle setting and lightly applies the brakes if necessary. The vehicle brake lamps will automatically illuminate to signal a following driver to take action. In addition, it may be necessary for the vehicle or the driver to downshift, depending on the kind of transmission your vehicle is equipped with, to maintain the distance setting selected. If the vehicle ahead speeds up or when the lane ahead becomes clear, your vehicle will accelerate to the speed you have selected by increasing the throttle setting and shifting gears automatically or by the driver as needed. Your selected speed will be held when driving downhill, too.

Since this active cruise control system is a new technology and operates differently from conventional cruise control systems which you may be accustomed to, you are strongly urged to read all of the pages relating to this system before use. Pay special attention to the System limitations section beginning on page 69.

Braking sensation

If you step on the brake pedal while the system is braking, pedal sensation will be slightly different from the usual.
Possible noises during automatic braking are normal.

Manual transmission

You can shift gears while cruise control is activated. The system is deactivated when you drive at very low engine speeds for an extended period.

Range of applications

The minimum desired speed is 20 mph or 30 km/h, the maximum desired speed is 110 mph or 180 km/h.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Range of applications - 1

As with conventional cruise control systems, active cruise control in no way diminishes or substitutes for the driver's own personal responsibility, alertness and awareness in adjusting speed, braking or otherwise controlling the vehicle. The driver should decide when to use the system on the basis of road, traffic, visibility, and weather conditions. Active cruise control is intended for use on highway-type roadways where traffic is moving relatively smoothly. Do not use this system in city driving; heavy traffic such as during rush hour; on curvy, winding roads, slippery roads or roads with sharp curves such as highway off-ramps; during inclement weather such as snow, strong rain or fog; or when entering inter-changes, service/parking areas or toll booths. It is also important to regulate your vehicle's speed and distance setting within applicable legal limits. Always be ready to take action or apply the brakes if necessary, especially when the system is actively following a vehicle in front of you. Otherwise, driving situations could result that pose the risk of accidents.

One lever for all functions

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - One lever for all functions - 1

text_image Diagram of a vehicle air intake system with numbered components and directional arrows indicating flow or movement.

1 Store and increase desired speed
2 Store and decrease desired speed
3 Deactivate system, refer to page 66
4 Resume stored desired speed and distance, refer to page 67
5 Select distance to vehicle driving ahead, refer to page 66

Storing current speed

Briefly push lever, arrow 1, or pull lever, arrow 2, at a driving speed of more than approx. 20 mph or 30 km/h.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Storing current speed - 1

text_image 50 mph 575 m/s 032050 · 123.8

The car's current speed is stored. It is displayed on the speedometer and briefly in the instrument cluster.

Increasing desired speed

Press or tap the lever to the resistance point or beyond, arrow 1, until the desired speed is displayed.

Each time the lever is tapped to the resistance point, the desired speed is increased by approx. 1 mph or 1 km/h.
Each time the lever is tapped beyond the resistance point, the desired speed is increased by up to 5 mph or 10 km/h until the maximum speed of 110 mph or 180 km/h is achieved.

The speed then displayed is stored and achieved on a clear road.

Decreasing desired speed

Pull the lever, arrow 2, until the desired speed is displayed.

The other functions work analogously to those described under Increasing desired speed.

Selecting distance

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Selecting distance - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car dashboard with BMW branding and directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

Press downward: Increase distance.
Press upward: Decrease distance.

The selected distance is displayed in the instrument cluster.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Selecting distance - 2
Distance 1

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Selecting distance - 3
Distance 2

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Selecting distance - 4
Distance 3

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Selecting distance - 5

Distance 4 This is always the preset distance when you use the system for the first time after starting the engine.

Use good judgment to select the appropriate following distance given road conditions, traffic, applicable laws and driving recommendations for safe following distance. Otherwise, an accident risk could result.

Deactivating cruise control

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Deactivating cruise control - 1

text_image Diagram of a vehicle air intake system with numbered components and directional arrows indicating flow or movement.

Press the lever upward or downward, arrow 3. The displays on the speedometer disappear. In addition, the system is automatically deactivated:

When you brake the vehicle
When the speed is reduced to below 20 mph or 30 km/h due to a traffic situation
When you switch gears very slowly or shift to neutral in cars with manual transmission

When you select the automatic transmission's neutral position N
When you select the neutral position N with the Sports automatic transmission with double clutch
When you activate the Dynamic Traction Control DTC
When you deactivate the Dynamic Stability Control DSC
When DSC or ABS is intervening
When the system does not recognize any objects for a longer period of time, e.g. on infrequently traveled roads without a shoulder or guard rails, or if the radar sensor is covered with dirt, refer to page 68
When you apply the parking brake

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Deactivating cruise control - 2

When the system is deactivated, you must brake the vehicle yourself and/or

maneuver as necessary; otherwise, there is a risk of accidents.

Warning lamp

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Warning lamp - 1

The warning lamp comes on when active cruise control has been automatically deactivated, for example

due to a driving speed below 20 mph or 30 km/h or a DSC intervention.

Resuming stored desired speed and distance

Briefly press the button, arrow 4.

The stored speed and distance are regained and maintained.

In the following instances, the stored speed is deleted and can no longer be resumed:

When driving stability control systems are intervening
In cars with manual transmission: when you shift gears very slowly or shift to neutral
In cars with automatic transmission: when you engage selector lever position N
In cars with Sports automatic transmission with double clutch: when you engage selector lever position N
When the ignition is switched off

Displays in the instrument cluster

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Displays in the instrument cluster - 1

text_image 1 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 20 2 3 4 50 mph

1 Stored desired speed
2 Shows yellow: vehicle detected ahead Flashes in red: system cannot maintain distance; driver must brake the vehicle Flashes in yellow: driving stability control systems are intervening; cruise control is deactivated

3 Selected distance to vehicle ahead The indicator lights up as soon as the system is activated.

4 Selected desired speed is temporarily displayed

If --- mph or --- km/h temporarily appears in the instrument cluster display, it is possible that the system prerequisites for operation are currently not met. Calling up Check Control messages, refer to page 78.

Warning lamps

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Warning lamps - 1

The indicator 2 flashes in red; a signal sounds.

The system indicates that you must brake and/or maneuver the vehicle yourself. Active cruise con-

trol cannot automatically restore the distance to the vehicle ahead.

This indicator does not release you from your responsibility to adapt your desired speed and driving style to prevailing driving conditions.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Warning lamps - 2

The indicator 2 flashes in yellow. The prerequisites for operating active cruise control are not met, e.g. as a result of ABS or DSC interventions. Active cruise control is deactivated. You can reactivate the system, if desired, by tapping or pulling the lever when road and traffic conditions permit. It is not possible to resume a stored speed.

Radar sensor

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Radar sensor - 1

natural_image Front view of a white BMW sedan's head and grille (no visible text or symbols)

The sensor's ability to detect vehicles ahead may be restricted as a result of heavy rain, dirt, snow or ice. If necessary, clean the radar sensor located in the front bumper, see arrow. Be sure to use particular care when removing any layers of snow or ice from the sensor.

The system cannot be activated if the sensor is incorrectly aligned.

For US owners only

The transmitter and receiver units comply with part 15 of the FCC/Federal Communications Commission regulations. Operation is governed by the following:

FCC ID:

NF3 ACC2SCU 003YK04001 0000

Compliance statement:

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

This device must not cause harmful interference, and

this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - For US owners only - 1

Any unauthorized modifications or changes to these devices could void the authority to operate this equipment.

Malfunction

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Malfunction - 1

The warning lamp comes on when the system has failed. More information can be found beginning on page 164.

System limitations

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - System limitations - 1

natural_image Top-down diagram of three cars with a triangular light source, no text or symbols present

Always remember that the range and ability of the system does have physical limitations. It will not apply the brakes or decelerate your vehicle when there is a slow-moving vehicle, stopped vehicle or stationary object ahead of you, as for example, at a traffic light or a parked vehicle. Also, the system does not react to oncoming traffic, pedestrians or other types of potential traffic such as a rider on horseback. It is also possible that the system may not detect smaller moving objects such as motorcycles or bicycles. Be especially alert when encountering any of these situations as the system will neither automatically brake, nor provide a warning to you. Also, be aware that every decrease in the distance setting allows your vehicle to come closer to a vehicle in front of you and requires a heightened amount of alertness.

Active cruise control is not and must not be used as a collision avoidance/warning system.

If while your vehicle is actively following a vehicle in front of you and the vehicle ahead speeds up or the lane ahead becomes clear, then your vehicle will accelerate to the speed you have selected. Be aware that changing to a clear, unobstructed lane will also result in your vehicle accelerating.

Be certain to deactivate the system when you pull into an exit lane for a highway off-ramp.

Also, vehicles traveling in a staggered manner on a highway may cause a delay in the system's reaction to a vehicle in front of you or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in the lane next to you. Always be ready to take action or apply the brakes if necessary.

While active cruise control is capable of braking your vehicle automatically when you approach a slower vehicle ahead, it is important to be aware that the ability of the system to apply the brakes is also limited, e.g. when you reduce your desired speed sharply. The system cannot stop your vehicle. It uses only a portion of braking system capacity and does not utilize the full capacity of the vehicle braking system. Therefore, the system cannot decrease your speed for large differences in speed between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead. Examples: when you approach a vehicle traveling at a much lower speed than your own speed such as approaching a toll booth or when a much slower vehicle cuts in front of you at close range.

Active cruise control can only decelerate the vehicle to approx. 20 mph or 30 km/h.

Swerving vehicles

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Swerving vehicles - 1

natural_image Top-down diagram of two cars with a curved arrow indicating direction, no text or symbols present

When a vehicle moves from an adjacent lane into your lane, active cruise control will not recognize this vehicle until it is fully in your lane ahead of your vehicle.

When a vehicle ahead suddenly swerves into your lane, the system may not be able to maintain the selected distance automatically. This also applies to great differences in speed between you and vehicles ahead, e.g. when quickly approaching a truck. There is a risk of collision. Once the system has established that a vehicle is indeed in front of you, it will indicate that you must brake and/or maneuver the vehicle yourself. Take action yourself; otherwise, there is a risk of an accident.

Behavior in curves

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Behavior in curves - 1

natural_image Top-down view of a road intersection with two cars driving, no visible text or symbols

Because of the limited range of the system, it is possible that in curves or on the peaks and valleys of hilly roads, a vehicle ahead may be recognized late, or not at all. Therefore, it is up to the driver to select a speed that is prudent in view of the curves and terrain of the roadway.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Behavior in curves - 2

natural_image Top-down view of a car climbing a curved road with dashed lane markings (no text or symbols)

www.2518.com.cn

In approaching a curve, it is possible that active cruise control would react briefly to a vehicle in the adjacent lane. In addition, the system can sense if your vehicle is in a curve and may not accelerate. If your vehicle decelerates in either case, you can choose to overcome the deceleration by briefly pressing the accelerator pedal.

Your responsibility

Your actions have priority at all times. When you press the accelerator pedal while driving with active cruise control, the automatic braking function will be temporarily interrupted. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the desired speed or the selected distance to the vehicle ahead is achieved again.

Do not leave your foot on the accelerator pedal and make sure that no objects such as floor mats are lying on the accelerator pedal. Otherwise, the system may not be able to brake the vehicle.

Controls overview

Odometer, outside temperature display, clock

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Odometer, outside temperature display, clock - 1

text_image +74 °F 11:15 am 575 mls 032050 -123.8

1 Knob in the instrument cluster
2 Outside temperature display and clock
3 Odometer and trip odometer

Knob in the instrument cluster

To reset the trip odometer while the ignition is switched on
To display the time, outside temperature and odometer briefly while the ignition is switched off

Units of measure

To select the respective units of measure, miles or km for the odometer as well as °F or °C for the outside temperature, refer to page 75.

The setting is stored for the remote control currently in use.

Time, outside temperature display

Setting the time, refer to page 77.

Outside temperature warning

When the displayed temperature sinks to approx. +37 °F/+3 °C, a signal sounds and a warning lamp lights up. There is an increased risk of black ice.

Black ice can also form at temperatures above +37 °F/+3 °C. You should there-

fore drive carefully on bridges and shaded roads, for example; otherwise, there is an increased risk of an accident.

Odometer and trip odometer

Resetting the trip odometer:

With the ignition switched on, press button 1 in the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is parked

If you still want to view the time, outside temperature and odometer reading briefly after the remote control has been taken out of the ignition lock:

Press button 1 in the instrument cluster.

Tachometer

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Tachometer - 1

text_image 1/min x 1000 7 8

Never force the engine speed up into the red warning field, see arrow. In this range, the fuel supply is interrupted to protect the engine.

Coolant temperature

A warning lamp will come on if the coolant, and therefore the engine, becomes too hot.

Check coolant level, refer to page 147.

Engine oil temperature\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Engine oil temperature\* - 1

natural_image Close-up of a digital speedometer face showing approximately 340°F with no visible text or symbols on the dial itself.

When the engine is at normal operating temperature, the engine oil temperature is between approx. 210 °F/100°C and approx. 300 °F/150°C.

If the engine oil temperature is too high, a warning lamp comes on in the instrument cluster.

Fuel gauge

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Fuel gauge - 1

natural_image Close-up of a mechanical gauge dial with scale markings (no readable text or symbols beyond measurement numbers)

Fuel tank capacity: approx. 16.1 gallons/61 liters.

You can find information on refueling on page 129.

If the tilt of the vehicle varies for a longer period, when you are driving in mountainous areas, for example, the indicator may fluctuate slightly.

Reserve

Once the fuel level has fallen to the reserve zone of approx. 2.1 US gallons/8 liters, the indicator lamp and the cruising range for the remaining amount of fuel light up briefly. The indicator lamp remains permanently on when the remaining range is less than approx. 30 miles/50 km.

Refuel as soon as possible once your cruising range falls below 30 miles/50 km; otherwise, engine functions are not ensured and damage can occur.

Computer

Displays in the instrument cluster

Calling up information

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Calling up information - 1

text_image 74 r 11:15 am → 575 m/s 03:20:50 · 123.8

Press the button in the turn indicator lever.

The following items of information are displayed in the order listed:

Cruising range
Average speed
Average fuel consumption
Current fuel consumption*
No information

To set the corresponding units of measure, refer to Formats and units of measure on page 75.

Cruising range

Displays the estimated cruising range available with the remaining fuel. The range is calculated on the basis of the way the car has been driven over the last 18 miles/30 km and the amount of fuel currently in the tank.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Cruising range - 1

Refuel as soon as possible once your cruising range falls below 30 miles/

50 km; otherwise, engine functions are not ensured and damage can occur.

Average speed

Periods with the vehicle parked and the engine switched off are not included in the calculations of average speed.

To reset average speed: press the button in the turn indicator lever for approx. 2 seconds.

Average fuel consumption

The average fuel consumption is calculated for the time during which the engine is running.

To reset average fuel consumption: press the button in the turn indicator lever for approx. 2 seconds.

Current fuel consumption

Displays the current fuel consumption. This allows you to see whether your current driving style is conducive to fuel economy with minimum exhaust emissions.

Settings and information

Operating principle

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Operating principle - 1

text_image 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 CHECK CONTROL SET OIL RESET 23.20 SET 08.04.2004 SET SERVICE- INFO SET SET

Certain settings and information can only be called up when the ignition is switched on. A number of settings cannot be made while driving.

1 Button for:

Selecting display
Setting values

2 Button for:

▶ Confirming selected display or set values
▶ Calling up computer information 72

3 When the lights are on: instrument lighting brightness 95

4 Calling up Check Control 77
5 Checking engine oil level * 145
6 Initializing the Flat Tire Monitor 83 Resetting the Tire Pressure Monitor 85
7 Setting the time 77
8 Setting the date 77
9 Viewing service requirement display 76
10 Setting formats and units of measure, resetting to factory settings 75

11 Adjusting settings

▶ Confirmation signals when locking and unlocking the vehicle 21
Response during unlocking procedure 19
▶ Automatic locking 23
Pathway lighting 91
Daytime running lights 92
▶ Triple turn signal activation 60
Seat memory* 42

Exiting displays

The outside temperature reading and the time reappear when you press button 2 or if you make no entries within approx. 15 seconds. If required, complete the current setting first.

Formats and units of measure

You can set formats and units of measure.

  1. Switch on the ignition, refer to page 50.
  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display accompanied by the word "SET".

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Formats and units of measure - 1

text_image Diagram showing car control buttons with icons for key, lock, and SET, alongside a directional arrow diagram.
  1. Press button 2.
  2. Use button 1 to select desired format or desired unit of measure, e.g. for fuel consumption.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Formats and units of measure - 2

text_image 1/100km 1→1 km

▶ Fuel consumption: mpg, km/l, l/100km
Distance covered: mls, km
Time: 12h, 24h format
Date: day.month dd.mm, month/day mm/dd
Temperature: °F, °C

  1. Press button 2.
  2. Use button 1 to make the setting.
  3. Press button 2.

The setting is stored for the remote control currently in use.

Resetting to factory settings

You can reset the settings for formats and units of measure to the factory settings.

  1. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display accompanied by the word "SET".

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Resetting to factory settings - 1

text_image Diagram showing a key inserted into a car with directional arrows and a SET button, likely illustrating a system or control interface.
  1. Press button 2.
  2. Use button 1 to select "RESET".

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Resetting to factory settings - 2

text_image OK °C RESET
  1. Press button 2 until √ is displayed.

The settings are reset.

The setting is stored for the remote control currently in use.

Service requirements

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Service requirements - 1

text_image SERVICE mis 10000 12/2009

The remaining driving distance and the date of the next scheduled service are displayed briefly immediately after you start the engine or switch on the ignition.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Service requirements - 2

The extent of service work required can be read out from the remote control by your BMW Service Advisor.

For certain maintenance operations, you can view the respective distance remaining or due date individually in the instrument cluster.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Service requirements - 3

text_image SERVICE- INFO
  1. Switch on the ignition, refer to page 50.
  2. Push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the appropriate symbol appears in the display, accompanied by the words "SERVICE-INFO".
  3. Press button 2.
  4. Use button 1 to scroll through the individual service items.

Possible displays

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Possible displays - 1

text_image Diagram showing car dashboard control with seven labeled switches and directional arrows, including a speedometer display.

1 Button for selecting functions
2 Service requirements
3 Engine oil
4 Roadworthiness test *
5 Front brake pads

6 Rear brake pads

7 Brake fluid

The sequence of displayed service items may vary. The data for the next service appointment is shown first.

Clock

Setting the time

To set the 12h/24h mode, refer to Formats and units of measure on page 75.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Setting the time - 1

text_image 11:20pm SET
  1. Push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the appropriate symbol appears in the display, accompanied by the time and the word "SET".
  2. Press button 2.
  3. Use button 1 to set the hours.
  4. Press button 2 to confirm the entry.
  5. Use button 1 to set the minutes.
  6. Press button 2 to confirm the entry.
  7. Press button 2.

The system accepts the new time.

Date

Setting the date

To set the dd/mm or mm/dd date format, refer to Formats and units of measure on page 75.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Setting the date - 1

text_image 12.12.2009 SET
  1. Push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the appropriate symbol appears in the display, accompanied by the date and the word "SET".

  2. Press button 2.

  3. Use button 1 to set the day of the month.
  4. Press button 2 to confirm the entry.
  5. Set the month and the year in the same way.
  6. Press button 2.

The system stores the new date.

Check Control

The concept

The Check Control monitors vehicle functions and alerts you to any malfunctions in the systems monitored. This type of Check Control message includes indicator and warning lamps in the instrument cluster and, in some cases, an acoustic signal.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - The concept - 1

natural_image Front view of a car dashboard with dual gauges and a central touchscreen display (no visible text or symbols)

Indicator and warning lamps can light up in a variety of combinations and colors.

Several of the lamps are checked for proper functioning and light up temporarily when the engine is started or the ignition is switched on.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - The concept - 2

text_image 032050 - 1.2 - 8

⚠ indicates that Check Control messages have been stored. These Check Control messages can be viewed again later, refer to page 78.

What to do in case of a malfunction

The meaning of each lamp in the event of a malfunction and tips on how to respond are listed starting on page 164.

Hiding Check Control messages

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Hiding Check Control messages - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car dashboard with steering wheel and gear shift (no visible text or symbols)

Press the button on the turn indicator lever.

Some Check Control messages are displayed continuously and remain visible until the malfunction has been rectified. If several malfunctions occur at once, the messages are displayed consecutively.
These messages can be hidden for approx. 8 seconds. After this, they are displayed again automatically.
Other Check Control messages are hidden automatically after approx. 20 seconds. They are stored and can be displayed again later.

Displaying stored Check Control messages

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Displaying stored Check Control messages - 1

text_image CHECK CONTROL
  1. Push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the appropriate symbol appears in the display, accompanied by the words "CHECK CONTROL".

  2. Press button 2. "CHECK OK" appears if there are no Check Control messages. If a Check Control message has been stored, the corresponding lamp comes on.

  3. Push button 1 to check for other messages.

  4. Press button 2. The display again shows the outside temperature and the time.

Technology for driving comfort and safety

Park Distance Control PDC\*

The concept

The PDC assists you with maneuvering in tight parking spaces. Acoustic signals warn you of the presence of an object in front of* or behind your vehicle. To measure the distance, there are four ultrasonic sensors in either bumper.

An acoustic warning sounds when the sensors at the front* and at the two rear corners are less than approx. 24 in/60 cm away from the object and the middle rear sensors are approx. 5 ft/1.50 m away from it.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - The concept - 1

PDC is a parking aid that can indicate objects when they are approached

slowly, as is usually the case when parking. Avoid approaching an object at high speed; otherwise, physical circumstances may lead to the system warning being issued too late.

Switching on automatically

With the engine running or the ignition switched on, the system is activated after approx. one second when you shift into reverse or move the automatic transmission selector lever to position R. Wait this short period before driving.

Switching off automatically

After approx. 55 yd/50 m of driving or above approx. 20 mph/approx. 30 km/h, the system switches off and the LED goes out.

Switching on manually*
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Switching off automatically - 1

text_image Car dashboard interface with a black 'P' button and pointer pointing to the right panel, likely indicating a sensor or status.

Press the button; the LED lights up.

Switching off manually\*

Press the button again; the LED goes out.

Signal tones

When nearing an object, its position is indicated correspondingly by an interval tone. For example, if an object is detected behind the vehicle, the signal tone sounds from the rear. As the distance between vehicle and object decreases, the intervals between the tones become shorter. If the distance to the nearest object falls to below roughly 1 ft/30 cm, then a continuous tone sounds.

An interval tone is interrupted after approx. 3 seconds

If you remain in front of an object that has been detected by only one of the corner sensors
▶ If you are driving parallel to a wall.

Malfunction

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Malfunction - 1

The indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on. PDC is malfunctioning. Have the system checked.

To avoid this problem, keep the sensors clean and free of ice or snow in order to ensure that they will continue to operate effectively. When using a high-pressure cleaner, do not spray the sensors for extended periods of time and only from a distance of at least 1 ft/30 cm.

Manual operation\*

The LED above the button also flashes.

System limitations

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - System limitations - 1

Even with PDC, final responsibility for estimating the distance between the vehicle and any obstructions always remains with the driver. Even when sensors are provided, there is a blind spot in which objects can no longer be detected. The system is also subject to the physical limits that apply to all forms of ultrasonic measurement, such as those encountered with trailer towbars and hitches, thin or wedge-shaped objects, etc. Low objects that have already been displayed, e.g. curbs, can disappear again from the detection area of the sensors before or after a continuous tone sounds. Higher, protruding objects, e.g. ledges, cannot be detected. Therefore, always drive cautiously; otherwise, there is a risk of personal injury or property damage.

Loud sound sources outside or inside the car can drown out the PDC signal. Therefore, always drive cautiously; otherwise, there is a risk of personal injury or property damage.

Driving stability control systems

Your BMW has a number of systems that help to maintain the vehicle's stability even in adverse driving conditions.

Antilock Brake System ABS

ABS prevents locking of the wheels during braking. Safe steering response is maintained even during full braking. Active safety is thus increased.

The ABS is operational every time you start the engine. Braking safely, refer to page 122.

Electronic brake-force distribution EBV

The system controls the brake pressure in the rear wheels to ensure stable braking behavior.

Dynamic Brake Control DBC

When you apply the brakes rapidly, this system automatically produces the maximum braking force boost and thus helps to achieve the shortest possible braking distance during full braking. This system exploits all of the benefits provided by ABS.

Do not reduce the pressure on the brake for the duration of the full braking application.

Dynamic Stability Control DSC

DSC prevents the driving wheels from losing traction when you pull away from rest or accelerate. The system also recognizes unstable driving conditions, for example if the rear of the car is about to swerve or if momentum is acting at an angle past the front wheels. In these cases, DSC helps the vehicle maintain a safe course within physical limits by reducing engine output and through braking actions at the individual wheels.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Dynamic Stability Control DSC - 1

The laws of physics cannot be repealed, even with DSC. An appropriate driving style always remains the responsibility of the driver. Therefore, do not reduce the additional safety margin again by taking risks, as this could result in an accident.

Deactivating DSC

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Deactivating DSC - 1

text_image DTC

Press the button for at least 3 seconds; the indicator lamps for DSC in the instrument cluster light up. Dynamic Traction Control DTC and DSC have been simultaneously deactivated. Stabilizing and drive-output promoting actions are no longer executed.

In the same way as with a differential interlock*, even if DSC is deactivated, brake actions are still performed to enhance drive output if the drive wheels experience a significant loss of traction.

To increase vehicle stability, activate DSC again as soon as possible.

Activating DSC

Press the button again; the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster go out.

For better control

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - For better control - 1

If the indicator lamp flashes:

DSC is regulating the drive and braking forces.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - For better control - 2

If the indicator lamps are on:

DSC is deactivated.

Dynamic Traction Control DTC

DTC is a version of DSC in which the drive output is optimized for particular road conditions, e.g. unplowed snow-covered roads. The system assures the maximal drive output, but with reduced driving stability. It is therefore necessary to drive with appropriate caution.

You may find it useful to briefly activate DTC under the following special circumstances:

When driving uphill on snow-covered roads, in slush or on unplowed, snow-covered roads
When rocking a stuck vehicle free or starting off in deep snow or on loose ground
When driving with snow chains

Activating DTC

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Activating DTC - 1

text_image DTC

Press the button; the indicator lamps for DTC in the instrument cluster come on.

For better control

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - For better control - 1

If the indicator lamp flashes:

DTC is regulating the drive and braking forces.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - For better control - 2

If the indicator lamps are on:

DTC has been activated.

Deactivating DTC

Press the button again; the DTC indicator lamps in the instrument cluster go out.

xDrive\*

xDrive is your BMW's four-wheel-drive system. The combined efforts of xDrive and DSC help to further optimize traction and driving dynamics. The xDrive four-wheel-drive system distributes driving power variably to the front and rear axles depending on the driving situation and road conditions.

Hill Descent Control HDC\*

HDC is a downhill driving assistant that controls your speed on steep downhill gradients and makes it even easier to control your BMW's handling under these conditions. The vehicle then moves slightly faster than double walking speed without the driver needing to intervene.

HDC can be activated as long as you are driving under approx. 20 mph or 35 km/h. When driving downhill at a speed of under approx. 20 mph or 35 km/h, the vehicle's speed is automatically reduced to slightly more than double walking speed and maintained.

Increasing or decreasing speed

By accelerating or braking you can change this speed within a range from approx. 3 to 15 mph, approx. 5 to 25 km/h.

You can specify a target speed within the same range using the cruise control* lever on the steering column.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Increasing or decreasing speed - 1

text_image Diagram showing a device with labeled components and arrows indicating connections or actions, including numbers 1 and 2.

1 To increase speed

2 To decrease speed

Activating HDC

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Activating HDC - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car dashboard with control panel and infotainment icon (no readable text or symbols)

Press the button; the LED lights up.

When the vehicle is being braked automatically, the LED flashes.

Deactivating HDC

Press the button again; the LED goes out. HDC is automatically deactivated at speeds greater than approx. 35 mph/60 km/h.

Using HDC

In cars with manual transmission:

Use HDC in lower gears and in reverse gear.

With automatic transmission:

You can use HDC in any drive position.

Displays in the instrument cluster\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Displays in the instrument cluster\* - 1

text_image 1 2 HDC 358 mts 032050 123.8

1 Display for target speed

2 HDC display

Malfunction

The HDC display disappears during HDC operation, or does not appear:

HDC is temporarily unavailable due to excessive brake temperature, or DSC has failed.

Drive-off assistant

The drive-off assistant enables you to drive off smoothly on uphill gradients. It is not necessary to use the parking brake for this.

  1. Hold the car in place by depressing the brake.

  2. Release the brake and drive off without delay.

The drive-off assistant holds the car in place for approx. 2 seconds after the brake is released. Drive off without delay after releasing the brake. Otherwise, the drive-off assistant will no longer hold the car in place

after approx. 2 seconds and the car will start to roll backwards.

Flat Tire Monitor FTM\*

The concept

The system does not measure the actual inflation pressure in the tires.

The system detects a tire pressure loss due to speed comparisons among the individual wheels as you drive.

In the event of pressure loss, the rolling circumference changes and, thus, the rotating speed of the affected wheel. The system detects this and reports it as a flat tire.

Functional requirement

The system has to have been initialized at the correct inflation pressure; otherwise, a reliable reporting of a flat tire is not assured.

Each time a tire inflation pressure has been corrected or a wheel or tire has been changed, reinitialize the system.

System limitations

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - System limitations - 1

It is impossible to provide advance warning of sudden, severe tire damage caused tside influences.

The system will not detect a natural, uniform pressure loss in all four tires. Therefore you should check the inflation pressure regularly.

In the following situations, the system could be delayed or malfunction:

▷ System has not been initialized
▶ Driving on snowy or slippery road surface
Performance-oriented style of driving: slip in the drive wheels, high lateral acceleration
Driving with snow chains*

Initialization

In the initialization, the set inflation pressures are adopted as reference values for the detection of a flat tire. The initialization is begun by confirmation of the inflation pressures.

Do not initialize the system while snow chains are attached.

For operating principle refer to page 74.

  1. Start the engine immediately before pulling away, but do not drive off yet.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Initialization - 1

text_image Control panel interface with 'RESET' button and warning symbol, showing speed limit icon and directional arrows
  1. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the corresponding symbol appears in the display accompanied by the word "RESET".
  2. Press button 2 to confirm your choice of the Flat Tire Monitor.
  3. Press button 2 for approx. 5 seconds, until the reading shown below is displayed:

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Initialization - 2

text_image 1 2 1 RESET ✓
  1. Start driving.

Initialization is completed while the car is on the move, without any feedback.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Initialization - 3

The initialization is completed during driving, which can be interrupted at any time.

When driving resumes, the initialization is continued automatically.

Indication of a flat tire

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indication of a flat tire - 1

The warning lamps come on in yellow and red. In addition, an acoustic signal sounds. There is a flat tire or substantial loss of tire pressure.

What to do in case of a flat tire

Run-flat tires

With a damaged tire, is possible to continue driving at speeds of up to 50 mph/80 km/h.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Run-flat tires - 1

Do not continue driving if the vehicle is not equipped with run-flat tires, refer to page 142; continued driving could result in a severe accident.

When continuing to drive with a damaged tire:

  1. Avoid sudden braking and steering maneuvers.
  2. Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph/80 km/h.
  3. At the next opportunity, check the air pressure in all four tires.

If all four tires are inflated to the correct pressures, the Flat Tire Monitor might not have been initialized. The system must then be initialized.

Possible travel distance with complete tire pressure loss:

With a light load: 1 to 2 persons without luggage: Approx. 155 miles/250 km

With a medium load: 2 persons, cargo area full, or 4 persons without luggage: Approx. 94 miles/150 km

With a full load: 4 persons, cargo area full: Approx. 30 miles/50 km

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Run-flat tires - 2

Drive cautiously and do not exceed a speed of 50 mph/80 km/h.

When there is a tire pressure loss, the handling characteristics change, e.g. there will be reduced directional stability during braking, braking distances will be longer, and self-steering response will change.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Run-flat tires - 3

Vibrations or loud noises during driving may indicate the final failure of the tire.

Reduce your speed and bring the vehicle to a stop; otherwise, tire components may become detached, which could result in an accident. Do not continue driving; instead, contact your BMW center.

Tire Pressure Monitor TPM\*

The concept

Check the inflation pressure in the four installed tires. The system notifies you if there is a significant loss of pressure in one or more tires.

Functional requirement

The system has to have been reset at the correct inflation pressure; otherwise, a reliable reporting of a flat tire is not assured.

Always use wheels with TPM electronics to assure a trouble-free function of the system.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Functional requirement - 1

Each time a tire inflation pressure has been corrected or a wheel or tire has been ged, reset the system.

System limitations

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - System limitations - 1

It is impossible to provide advance warning of sudden, severe tire damage caused outside influences.

The system does not function correctly if it has not been reset. For example, a flat tire may be indicated even though the tire inflation pressures are correct.

The system is inactive and cannot indicate a flat tire:

when a wheel without TPM electronics is installed.
when other systems or devices that use the same radio frequency interfere with TPM.

Resetting the system

Each time a tire inflation pressure has been corrected or a wheel or tire has been changed, reset the system.

For operating principle refer to page 74.

  1. Start the engine, but do not start driving.
  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the corresponding symbol appears in the display accompanied by the word "RESET".

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Resetting the system - 1

text_image 1 2 1 RESET
  1. Press button 2 to confirm your choice of the Tire Pressure Monitor. The following display appears:

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Resetting the system - 2

text_image ACTIVE RESET
  1. Press button 2 for approx. 5 seconds, until the reading shown below is displayed:

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Resetting the system - 3

text_image RESETTING RESET
  1. Start driving.

After several minutes of driving time, the adjusted inflation pressures will be adopted as nominal values. The resetting is completed automatically as you drive. The indicator lamp goes out after the system reset is completed.

You can stop driving at any time. The resetting continues automatically when you resume driving.

Message for low tire inflation pressure

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Message for low tire inflation pressure - 1

The warning lamps come on in yellow and red. In addition, a signal sounds.

There is a flat tire or substantial loss of tire pressure.

The system was not reset after a wheel change and will thus issue warnings at the last initialized inflation pressures.

Cautiously reduce speed to below 50 mph/80 km/h. Avoid sudden braking and steering maneuvers. Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph/80 km/h.

Do not continue driving if the vehicle is not equipped with run-flat tires, refer to page 142; continued driving could result in a severe accident.

Continuing to drive with a flat tire

Possible travel distance with complete tire pressure loss:

With a light load: 1 to 2 persons without luggage: Approx. 155 miles/250 km
With a medium load: 2 persons, cargo area full, or 4 persons without luggage: Approx. 95 miles/150 km
With a full load: 4 persons, cargo area full: Approx. 30 miles/50 km

Drive cautiously and do not exceed a speed of 50 mph/80 km/h.

When there is a tire pressure loss, the handling characteristics change, e.g. there will be reduced directional stability during braking, braking distances will be longer, and self-steering response will change.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Continuing to drive with a flat tire - 1

Vibrations or loud noises during driving may indicate the final failure of the tire.

Reduce your speed and bring the vehicle to a stop; otherwise, tire components may become detached, which could result in an accident. Do not continue driving; instead, contact your BMW center.

Malfunction

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Malfunction - 1

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Malfunction - 2

The small warning lamp flashes in yellow and then lights up continuously; the large warning lamp comes on in yellow. No punctures can be

detected.

Display in the following situations:

Malfunction
Have the system checked.
A wheel without TPM electronics has been installed: Have it checked by your BMW center.
Interference from systems or devices that use the same radio frequency: The system automatically becomes active again when the vehicle moves out of the interference zone.

Declaration according to NHTSA/FMVSS 138

Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems

Each tire should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires. As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system, TPMS, that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.

Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if underinflation has not reached the level at which the TPMS low tire pressure telltale illuminates.

The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously lit. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle startups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

Active steering\*

The concept

Active steering varies the turning angle of the front wheels in relation to steering wheel movements. It also varies the steering force required to turn the wheels depending on the speed at which you are driving.

When you are driving in the low road speed range, e.g. in a town or when parking, the steering angle is increased, i.e. steering becomes very direct and less effort is required to turn the wheels. In the higher speed range, on the other hand, the steering angle is reduced as the speed increases. This improves the handling of your BMW over the entire speed range.

In critical situations, the system can make targeted corrections to the steering angle provided by the driver and thus stabilize the vehicle before the driver intervenes. This stabilizing intervention is simultaneously deactivated when DSC is switched off, refer to page 81.

Malfunction

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Malfunction - 1

The warning lamps come on. Active steering is malfunctioning or is temporarily deactivated. At low speeds, greater steering wheel movements

are required, whereas at higher speeds the vehicle reacts more sensitively to steering wheel movements. The stability-enhancing feature may also be deactivated. Drive cautiously and think well ahead.

Deactivation

Active steering is deactivated to perform an initialization. A message indicates that the feature is deactivated. Initialization may take several minutes.

If the message does not disappear during the current trip, have the system checked.

Defect

If there is a defect, a corresponding message appears. Have the system checked.

Servotronic\*

The concept

The Servotronic varies the steering force required to turn the wheels relative to the vehicle speed.

At low speeds, the steering force is strongly assisted, i.e. less force is needed for steering.

As the vehicle speed increases, the steering assisting power is reduced.

Malfunction

Malfunctions are displayed via Check Control, refer to page 77.

Brake Force Display

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Brake Force Display - 1

natural_image Front and side views of a white car showing the rear and side profiles (no text or symbols visible)

On the left: normal braking.

On the right: sharp braking.

Airbags

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Airbags - 1

text_image Diagram of a car interior with numbered components for identification

The following airbags are located under the marked covers:

1 Front airbags
2 Coupe: head airbags
3 Side airbags in the seat backrests
4 Convertible: knee airbags

Protective action

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Protective action - 1

Observe the adjustment instructions on page 36 to ensure the best possible per-protection.

The front airbags help protect the driver and front passenger by responding to frontal impacts in which safety belts alone cannot provide adequate restraint. When needed, the head and side airbags help provide protection in the event of side impact. The relevant side airbag supports the side upper body area. The head air bag supports the head.

The airbags have been designed to not be triggered in every collision situation, e.g. not in minor accidents or rear-end collisions.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Protective action - 2

Do not apply adhesive materials to the cover panels of the airbags, cover them or ify them in any other way.

Keep the dashboard and windows on the front passenger side clear, i.e. do not cover with adhesive labels or coverings, and do not attach holders such as for navigation instruments or mobile phones.

Do not attach seat covers, cushions or other objects not specifically approved for seats with integral side airbags to the front seats. Do not hang items of clothing such as coats or jackets over the backrests. Do not attempt to remove

the airbag retention system from the vehicle. Do not modify the individual components of the system or its wiring in any way. This includes the upholstered covers on the steering wheel, instrument panel, seats and roof posts, as well as the sides of the roof lining. Do not attempt to remove or dismantle the steering wheel.

Do not touch the individual components immediately after the system has been triggered, because there is a danger of burns.

In the event of malfunctions, deactivation or triggering of the airbag restraint system, have the testing, repair, removal and disposal of airbag generators executed only by a BMW center or a workshop that works according to repair procedures of BMW with correspondingly trained personnel and that has the required explosives licenses. Unprofessional attempts to work on the system could lead to failure in an emergency or to undesired airbag activation, either of which could result in personal injury. Warning notices and information about the airbags can also be found on the sun visors.

Automatic deactivation of the front passenger airbags

An analysis of the impression in the front passenger seat cushion determines whether and how the seat is occupied. The front and side air bags for the front passenger are activated or deactivated by the system accordingly.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Automatic deactivation of the front passenger airbags - 1

The indicator lamp above the interior rearview mirror shows the current status of the front passenger airbags, deactivated or activated, refer to Status of front passenger airbags below.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Automatic deactivation of the front passenger airbags - 2

Before transporting a child on the front passenger seat, read the safety precautions and handling instructions under Transporting children safely, refer to page 47. The front and side airbags can also be deactivated by adolescents and adults sitting in certain positions; the indicator lamp for the front passenger airbags comes on. In such cases, the passenger should change his or her sitting position so that the front passenger airbags are activated and the indicator lamp goes out. If the desired airbag status cannot be achieved by changing the sitting position, transport the relevant passenger on a rear seat. Do not attach seat covers, seat cushion padding, ball mats or other items to the front passenger seat unless they are specifically recommended by BMW. Do not place any items under the seat which could press against the seat from below. Otherwise, a correct analysis of the seat cushion is not ensured.

Status of front passenger airbags
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Automatic deactivation of the front passenger airbags - 3

natural_image Interior view of a vehicle dashboard with control panels and a highlighted car (no text or symbols visible)

The indicator lamp for the front passenger airbags shows the functional status of the front passenger front and side airbags in accordance with whether and how the front passenger seat is occupied. The indicator lamp shows whether the front passenger airbags are activated or deactivated.

The indicator lamp lights up when a child in a specially designated child restraint system is detected, as intended, on the seat. The front and side airbags for the front passenger are not activated.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Automatic deactivation of the front passenger airbags - 4

Most child seats are detected by the system, especially child seats required by the NHTSA at the time of vehicle production. After mounting a child seat, ensure that the indicator lamp for the front passenger airbag is lit. It indicates that the child seat has been detected and that the front passenger airbags are deactivated.

The indicator lamp does not come on as long as a person of sufficient size and in a correct sitting position is detected on the seat.
The front and side airbags for the front passenger are activated.
The indicator lamp does not come on if the seat is empty.
The front and side airbags for the front passenger are not activated.

Operational readiness of airbag system
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Automatic deactivation of the front passenger airbags - 5

natural_image Interior view of a car dashboard with two circular gauges and a small inset showing a pictogram of a person using a tool (no text or symbols visible)

As of radio readiness, refer to page 50, the warning lamp comes on briefly to indicate that the entire airbag system and the belt tensioners are operational.

Airbag system malfunction

Warning lamp does not light up at radio readiness or beyond.
Warning lamp remains permanently on.

In the event of a fault in the airbag system, have it checked without delay; otherwise, there is the risk that the system will not function as intended even if a sufficiently severe accident occurs.

Convertible: rollover protection system

The rollover protection system is activated automatically in the event of an accident, a critical driving situation, an extreme tilt in the car's longitudinal axis or upon loss of ground contact. The protection bars behind the rear head restraints deploy within fractions of a second.

As a supplementary system to the reinforced windshield frame, the rollover protection system ensures that the necessary headroom is maintained for all vehicle occupants.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: rollover protection system - 1

Always keep the area of movement of the rollover protection system clear.

In minor accidents, you are protected by the fastened safety belt and, depending on accident severity, by the safety belt tensioner and multi-phase airbag retention system.

Resetting

If the rollover protection system was not impacted after being automatically activated, it can be reset by lowering the protection bars to their original positions. This does not require tools.

  1. Push the locking lever to one side and hold it there.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Resetting - 1

natural_image Illustration of a car interior with a handle and seat, showing a drop and a close-up of the seat (no text or symbols)
  1. Push the protection bar halfway down from above.

  2. Release the locking lever.

  3. Push the protection bar down until it snaps into place.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Resetting - 2

natural_image Interior view of a vehicle showing a black brake pad inserted into the dashboard compartment, with an arrow pointing to it (no text or symbols visible)
  1. Repeat the procedure for the other protection bar.

Have the rollover protection system checked after an unexpected activation.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Resetting - 3

Never move the retractable hardtop when the rollover protection system is in the rated position.

Do not make any modifications to the individual components of the rollover protection system or its cabling.

Work on the rollover protection system should only be performed by a BMW center.

Incorrectly performed work on the system may lead to system failure or incorrect operation.

To check the system and ensure flawless long-term operation, always observe the service intervals, refer to page 76.

Lamps

Parking lamps/low beams

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Parking lamps/low beams - 1

text_image 0 1 3 2

0 Lamps off, daytime running lights

1 Parking lamps and daytime running lights
2 Low-beam headlamps and welcome lamps
3 Automatic headlamp control *, daytime running lights, welcome lamps, high-beam assistant* and adaptive light control*

When you open the driver's door with the ignition switched off, the exterior lighting is automatically switched off if the light switch is in position 0, 2 or 3.

Switch on the parking lamps if necessary, switch position 1.

Parking lamps

In switch position 1, the front, rear and side vehicle lighting is switched on. You can use the parking lamps for parking.

The parking lamps will discharge the battery. Therefore, do not leave them on for unduly long periods of time; otherwise, the battery might not have enough power to start the engine. It is preferable to switch on the left-hand or right-hand roadside parking lamps, refer to page 93.

Low beams

The low beams light up when the light switch is in position 2 and the ignition is on.

Automatic headlamp control\*

When the switch is in position 3, the low beams are switched on and off automatically depending on ambient light conditions, e.g. in a tunnel, in twilight, or if there is precipitation. The adaptive light control* is active. The LED next to the symbol is illuminated when the low beams are on. You can also activate the daytime running lights, refer to page 92. In the situations described above, the lamps then automatically switch from daytime running lights to low beams.

The headlamps may also come on when the sun is sitting low on a blue sky.

The low beams remain switched on regardless of the ambient lighting conditions when you switch on the fog lamps.

The automatic headlamp control cannot serve as a substitute for your personal judgment in determining when the lamps should be switched on in response to ambient lighting conditions. For example, the system cannot detect fog or hazy weather. To avoid safety risks, you should always switch on the low-beam headlamps manually under these conditions.

Welcome lamps

If you leave the light switch in position 2 or 3 when you park the car, the parking lamps and the interior lamps light up briefly when you unlock the vehicle.

Pathway lighting

If you activate the headlamp flasher after switching off the ignition with the lamps switched off, the low beams come on and remain on for a certain time.

Setting the duration or deactivating

For operating principle, refer to page 74.

  1. Switch on the ignition, refer to page 50.
  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display accompanied by the word "SET".

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Setting the duration or deactivating - 1

text_image Diagram showing a key inserted into a car with directional arrows and a SET button, alongside an icon of a key inserted into a lock.
  1. Press button 2.
  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Setting the duration or deactivating - 2

text_image QA P≤ 40 s
  1. Press button 2.
  2. Use button 1 to select:

0s

The function is deactivated.

10.5 240 s

Select the corresponding duration, e.g. 40 seconds.

  1. Press button 2.

The setting is stored for the remote control currently in use.

Daytime running lights

The daytime running lights light up in switch position 0, 1 and 3. They are less powerful than the low beams.

Activating/deactivating daytime running lights

For operating principle, refer to page 74.

  1. Switch on the ignition, refer to page 50.
  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display accompanied by the word "SET".

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Activating/deactivating daytime running lights - 1

text_image Diagram showing a key inserted into a car's door panel with status indicators and control buttons labeled SET and KEY
  1. Press button 2.
  2. Lightly push button 1 in the turn indicator lever down repeatedly until the symbol appears in the display.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Activating/deactivating daytime running lights - 2

text_image P≤ 40 s ON
  1. Press button 2.
  2. Use button 1 to select:

on

Daytime running lights activated.

▶ Off

Daytime running lights deactivated.

  1. Press button 2.

The setting is stored for the remote control currently in use.

Adaptive light control\*

The concept

Adaptive light control is a variable headlamp control system that enables better illumination of the road surface. Depending on the steering angle and other parameters, the light from the headlamp follows the course of the road.

In tight curves at speeds up to 40 mph/70 km/h, e.g. on mountainous roads or when turning, an additional, corner-illuminating lamp is switched on that lights up the inside area of the curve.

Activating Adaptive Light Control

With the ignition switched on, turn the light switch to position 3, refer to page 91.

The corner-illuminating lamp is switched on automatically, depending on the steering wheel angle or turn signal indicator.

Standstill function*: to avoid blinding oncoming traffic, the adaptive light control directs light towards the front passenger side when the vehicle is at a standstill.

When you are reversing, only the corner-illuminating lamps are switched on and active on both sides.

Malfunction

The LED next to the symbol for automatic head-lamp control flashes. Adaptive light control is malfunctioning or has failed. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

High beams/roadside parking lamps

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - High beams/roadside parking lamps - 1

text_image Diagram showing car interior with labeled directional arrows and a central vehicle, likely illustrating vehicle movement or navigation.

1 High beams
2 Headlamp flasher
3 Roadside parking lamps *

Roadside parking lamps, left or right\*

There is an additional option of switching on the lamps on the side of the car facing the road when parked.

Switching on

After parking the vehicle, press the lever up or down beyond the pressure point for a longer period, arrow 3.

The roadside parking lamps drain the battery. Therefore, do not leave them on for unduly long periods of time; otherwise, the battery might not have enough power to start the engine.

Switching off

Press the lever in the opposite direction to the pressure point, arrow 3.

High-beam assistant\*

The concept

This system automatically switches the high beams on and off. The procedure is controlled by a sensor on the front of the interior rearview mirror. The assistant ensures that the high beams are switched on whenever the traffic situation allows. It handles this task for you and gives you the benefit of the best possible view. You can intervene at any time and switch the high beams on and off as usual.

Activating the system

  1. Turn the light switch to position 3, refer to page 91.
  2. With the low beams switched on, briefly push the turn indicator lever in the direction of the high beam.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Activating the system - 1

The indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the high beams are activated. The system automatically switches from high beams to low beams and vice versa in response to oncoming traffic, traffic ahead of you, and adequate ambient lighting, e.g. on city streets.

Switching the high beams on and off manually

Whenever you wish, or when the situation requires, you can intervene:

If the high-beam assistant switches on the high beams, but you would like to drive with the low beams, simply switch off the high beams using the turn indicator lever. This deactivates the high-beam assistant. To reactivate the system, briefly push the turn indicator lever toward the high beams again.

If the high-beam assistant switches on the low beams, but you would like to drive with the high beams, switch on the high beams as usual. This deactivates the system and the high beams need to be switched off manually, if necessary.
To reactivate the system, briefly push the turn indicator lever toward the high beams again.
Use the headlamp flasher as usual with the low beams switched on.

System limitations

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - System limitations - 1

The high-beam assistant cannot serve as a substitute for the driver's personal judgment of when to use the high beams. Therefore, manually switch off the high beams in situations where this is required to avoid a safety risk.

The system is not fully functional in situations such as the following, and driver intervention may be necessary:

In very unfavorable weather conditions, such as fog or heavy precipitation
In detecting poorly-lit road users, such as pedestrians, cyclists, horseback riders and wagons; when driving close to train or ship traffic; and at animal crossings
In tight curves, on hilltops or in depressions, in cross traffic or half-obscured oncoming traffic on highways
In poorly lit towns and cities and in the presence of highly reflective signs
At low speeds
When the windshield in front of the interior rearview mirror is fogged over, dirty or covered with stickers, etc.
If the sensor is dirty. Clean the sensor on the front of the interior rearview mirror using a cloth moistened with a small amount of glass cleaner.

Fog lamps\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Fog lamps\* - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car dashboard with a black '3D' button and a close-up of the left side (no visible text or symbols)

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Fog lamps\* - 2

The parking lamps or low beams must be switched on for the fog lamps to operate. The green indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up whenever the fog lamps are on.

The fog lamps are switched off while you activate the headlamp flasher or switch on the high beams.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Fog lamps\* - 3

If the automatic headlamp control is activated, the low beams will come on auto-ally when you switch on the fog lamps.

Instrument lighting

You can adjust the brightness of the instrument lighting only when the parking lamps or the low beams are switched on.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Instrument lighting - 1

text_image Control panel interface with icons for setting and adjustment, including a zoomed-in view of a device.
  1. Push button 1 up or down repeatedly until the appropriate symbol appears in the display, accompanied by the brightness setting and scale the word "SET".

  2. Press button 2.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Instrument lighting - 2

text_image Diagram showing two black keys labeled 'min' and 'max' with icons for weather, navigation, and control symbols, alongside an inset image of a device with directional arrows.
  1. Push button 1 up or down to select the desired brightness level.

  2. Press button 2. The display again shows the outside temperature and the time.

Interior lamps

The interior lamps, the footwell lamps*, entry lamps*, cargo area lamp and courtesy lamps* are controlled automatically.

The LEDs for the courtesy lamps are set in the door handles and illuminate the ground in front of the doors.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Interior lamps - 1

To avoid draining the battery, all lamps inside the car are switched off about

8 minutes after the ignition is switched off, refer to Start/stop button on page 50.

Switching interior lamps on/off manually

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Switching interior lamps on/off manually - 1

natural_image Interior view of a vehicle dashboard with control panel and directional arrow (no text or symbols)

Interior lamps, front and rear*:

To switch on and off, press the button.

To switch off the interior lamps, footwell lamps*, entry lamps* and courtesy lamps* permanently, press the button for the front interior lamps for about 3 seconds.

Reading lamps

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Reading lamps - 1

natural_image Interior view of a vehicle showing a door panel with two upward arrows pointing to the bottom panel (no text or symbols visible)

6.登记银行公告

There are reading lamps at the front and rear*, next to the interior lamps. To switch on and off, press the button.

Climate

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Climate - 1

text_image Diagram of car dashboard and air conditioners with numbered labels pointing to controls for vehicle status.

Equipment versions

Depending on the equipment version, your car has an air conditioner or an automatic climate control system.

1 Air conditioner 98
2 Automatic climate control * 100

Air vents

3 Airflow directed toward the windshield and side windows
4 Air to the upper body area. The thumbwheels smoothly open and close the air supply. The levers alter the direction of the airflow. For further details on draft-free ventilation, refer to page 102.
5 Air to the footwell

Air conditioner

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Air conditioner - 1

text_image 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Air distribution
2 Recirculated-air mode
3 Air volume

4 Cooling function
5 Temperature
6 Rear window defroster

Air distribution

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Air distribution - 1

Direct the flow of air to the windows, to the upper body area of to the footwell. Intermediate settings are possible. In

the center position between and, the air is also deflected toward the windows.

Recirculated-air mode

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Recirculated-air mode - 1

If the air outside the car has an unpleasant odor or contains pollutants, shut off the supply to the interior of the car temporarily. The

system then recirculates the air currently within the vehicle.

You can also activate/deactivate the recirculated-air mode by means of a button* on the steering wheel, refer to page 11.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Recirculated-air mode - 2

If condensation starts to form on the inside window surfaces during operation in the recirculated-air mode, you should switch it off while also increasing the air volume as required.

The recirculated-air mode should not be used continuously for lengthy periods; otherwise, the quality of the air inside the car will gradually deteriorate.

Air volume

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Air volume - 1

Turn to adjust the air volume. The higher the volume, the more effective the heating or cooling will be.

The air volume may be reduced or the blower may be switched off entirely to save on battery power.

Switching the system on/off

Set any desired air volume to switch on the air conditioner.

Turn the air volume rotary switch to 0. The blower and air conditioner are completely switched off and the air supply is cut off.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Switching the system on/off - 1

The outside air supply is blocked when the air conditioner is switched off. If the air quality deteriorates or the window fogs over, switch the system back on and increase the air volume.

Switching cooling function on/off

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Switching cooling function on/off - 1

The cooling function cools and dehumidifies the incoming air before reheating it according to the temperature setting. This function

is only available while the engine is running.

The cooling function helps prevent condensation on the windows or removes it quickly.

Depending on the weather, the windshield may fog over briefly when the engine is started.

Rear window defroster

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Rear window defroster - 1

The defroster is switched off automatically after a certain time.

Depending on your vehicle's equipment, the upper wires serve

as an antenna and are not part of the rear window defroster.

Temperature

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Temperature - 1

To increase the temperature, turn the rotary switch clockwise towards red.

For a lower temperature, turn the

rotary switch counterclockwise towards blue.

Defrosting windows and removing condensation

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Defrosting windows and removing condensation - 1

text_image 1 2 3 4 5 6
  1. Air distribution 1 in position 🎨.
  2. Deactivate recirculated-air mode 2.
  3. Air volume control 3 all the way to the right.
  4. Switch on cooling function 4.
  5. Temperature 5 to the right, red.
  6. Switch on rear window defroster 6 to defrost the rear window 🌐

Ventilation

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Ventilation - 1

text_image 1 2 2 1

1 Use the thumbwheels to smoothly open and close the air vents
2 Use the lever to change the direction of the airflow

Ventilation for cooling

Adjust the vent outlets to direct the flow of cool air in your direction, for instance if it has become too hot in the car.

Draft-free ventilation

Adjust the vents to let the air flow past you.

Microfilter

The microfilter removes dust and pollen from the incoming air. The microfilter is changed by your BMW center during routine maintenance work.

Automatic climate control\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Automatic climate control\* - 1

text_image 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 MAX 74°F 74°F AUTO ALL 10 11 12 1 14 13

1 Seat heating*, left side 41
2 Air distribution, manual
3 Temperature, left side
4 Maximum cooling
5 AUTO program
6 Air volume, manual adjustment; AUTO intensity
7 Automatic recirculated-air control AUC/Recirculated-air mode

Comfortable interior climate

AUTO program 5 offers the ideal air distribution and air volume for almost all conditions, refer to AUTO program below. All you need to do is select an interior temperature which is comfortable for you.

The following sections inform you in detail about how to adjust the settings.

Most settings are stored for the remote control currently in use, refer also to Personal Profile settings on page 18.

Adjusting air distribution manually

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Adjusting air distribution manually - 1

The air distribution can be switched on and off manually. The air is directed to the windshield, to the upper body area and to the

footwell.

The automatic air distribution can be switched back on by pressing the AUTO button. The cooling function is switched on automatically and the manual air distribution setting is cleared.

8 ALL program
9 Temperature, right side
10 Defrosting windows and removing condensation
11 Switching cooling function on/off manually
12 Rear window defroster
13 Seat heating *, right side 41
14 Interior temperature sensor, please keep clear

Temperature

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Temperature - 1

Turn to set the desired temperature.

The automatic climate control achieves this temperature as

quickly as possible regardless of the season, using maximum cooling or heating power if necessary, and then maintains it.

Avoid rapid switching between different temperature settings. The automatic climate control will not have sufficient time to adjust the set temperature.

Maximum heating power can be obtained with the highest setting, regardless of the outside temperature.

The system cools steadily in the lowest setting, regardless of the outside temperature.

Maximum cooling

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Maximum cooling - 1

Press the button.

The system is set to the lowest temperature, maximum air volume and recirculated-air mode.

Air flows out of the vent outlets for the upper body region. Open them for this purpose.

Air is cooled as quickly as possible:

Above an outside temperature of approx. 32 °F/0°C

When the engine is running

AUTO program

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - AUTO program - 1

Press the button.

Air volume, air distribution and temperature are controlled auto-

matically.

Depending on the selected temperature, AUTO intensity and outside influences, the air is directed toward the windshield, the side windows, the upper body and the footwell.

Pressing the AUTO button automatically switches on the cooling function.

At the same time, a condensation sensor controls the program so as to prevent window condensation as much as possible.

The program is switched off when the air distribution is set manually or the button is pressed again.

Intensity of the AUTO program

With the AUTO program switched on, automatic control of the air volume and air distribution can be adjusted:

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Intensity of the AUTO program - 1

Press the left side of the button to reduce the intensity. Press the right side of the button to

increase it.

The selected intensity is shown on the display of the automatic climate control.

Convertible program

The Convertible program is active when the hardtop is open. In the Convertible program, the automatic climate control is optimized for driving with the hardtop open. In addition, the air volume is increased as vehicle speed increases.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible program - 1

The effectiveness of the Convertible program can be enhanced considerably by using the wind deflector.

Adjusting air volume manually

To be able to manually adjust the air volume, switch off the AUTO program first.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Adjusting air volume manually - 1

Press the left side of the button to reduce the air volume. Press the right side of the button to increase

it.

The air volume may be reduced or the blower may be switched off entirely to save on battery power. The display remains the same.

Automatic recirculated-air control AUC/Recirculated-air mode

You can respond to unpleasant odors or pollutants in the immediate environment by temporarily suspending the supply of outside air. The system then recirculates the air currently within the vehicle.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Automatic recirculated-air control AUC/Recirculated-air mode - 1

Press the button repeatedly to select an operating mode:

▶ LED off: outside air flows in continuously.
Left-hand LED on, AUC mode: a sensor detects pollutants in the outside air and controls the shut-off automatically.
Right-hand LED on, recirculated-air mode: the supply of outside air is permanently shut off. If the windows fog over, switch off recirculated-air mode and increase the air volume, if necessary. Make sure that air can flow onto the windshield.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Automatic recirculated-air control AUC/Recirculated-air mode - 2

The recirculated-air mode should not be used over an extended period of time; otherwise, the air quality inside the car will deteriorate continuously.

Via the button on the steering wheel

You can switch quickly between the recirculated-air mode and the previous mode using a button on the steering wheel, refer to page 11.

ALL program

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - ALL program - 1

Press the button.

The current temperature setting on the driver's side is transferred to the front passenger side.

If the temperature setting on the driver's side is changed, the temperature on the front passenger side is changed as well.

The program is switched off when the setting is adjusted on the front passenger side or the button is pressed again.

Defrosting windows and removing condensation

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Defrosting windows and removing condensation - 1

Press the button.

Quickly removes ice and condensation from the windshield and

front side windows.

For this purpose, also switch on the cooling function.

Switching cooling function on/off

The passenger compartment can only be cooled while the engine is running.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Switching cooling function on/off - 1

Press the button.

The air is cooled and dehumidified and – depending on the tempera-

ture setting – warmed again.

Depending on the weather, the windshield may fog up briefly when the engine is started.

Pressing the AUTO button automatically switches on the cooling function.

Rear window defroster

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Rear window defroster - 1

Press the button.

The defroster is switched off automatically after a certain time.

Depending on your vehicle's equipment, the upper wires serve as an antenna and are not part of the rear window defroster.

Switching the system on/off

Switching off

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Switching off - 1

With the blower at its lowest setting, press the left side of the button to switch off the automatic

climate control.

All displays are cleared except for the rear window defroster if it is switched on.

The outside air supply is blocked when the automatic climate control is switched off. If the air quality deteriorates or the window fogs over, switch the system back on and increase the air volume.

Switching on

Press any button except the ALL or the rear window defroster button to reactivate the automatic climate control.

Ventilation

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Ventilation - 1

text_image 1 2 3 2 1

1 Use the thumbwheels to smoothly open and close the air vents

2 Use the lever to change the direction of the airflow

3 Thumbwheel for more or less cool air from the vents for the upper body area

Ventilation for cooling

Adjust the vent outlets to direct the flow of cool air in your direction, for instance if it has become too hot in the car.

Draft-free ventilation

Set the vent outlets so that the air flows past you and not straight at you.

Ventilation in the rear

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Ventilation in the rear - 1

text_image 1 2 3 15 3

1 Use the thumbwheel to adjust the temperature:

Turn toward blue: colder
Turn toward red: warmer

2 Use the thumbwheel to smoothly open and close the air vents
3 Use the lever to change the direction of the airflow

Microfilter/activated-charcoal filter

The microfilter traps dust and pollen in the incoming air. The activated-charcoal filter provides additional protection by filtering gaseous pollutants from the outside air. Your BMW center replaces this combined filter during routine maintenance.

Practical interior accessories

Integrated universal remote control\*

The concept

The integrated universal remote control can replace as many as three hand-held transmitters for various remote-controlled devices, such as garage doors and gates or lighting systems. The integrated universal remote control registers and stores signals from the original hand-held transmitters.

The signal of an original hand-held transmitter can be programmed on one of the three memory buttons 1. After this, the programmed memory button 1 will operate the system in question. The LED 2 flashes to confirm transmission of the signal.

Should you sell your vehicle one day, be sure to delete the stored programs beforehand for your safety, refer to page 105.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - The concept - 1

To prevent possible damage or injury, before programming or using the inte-

grated universal remote control, always inspect the immediate area to make certain that no people, animals or objects are within the pivoting or travel range of the device being operated. Comply also with the safety instructions supplied with the original hand-held transmitter.

Checking compatibility

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Checking compatibility - 1

If this symbol appears on the package or in the instructions supplied with the original hand-held transmitter, you can

assume that the radio remote control device will be compatible with the integrated universal remote control.

For additional information, please contact your BMW center or call: 1-800-355-3515.

You can also obtain information on the Internet at:

www.bmwusa.com or

www.homelink.com.

HomeLink is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls, Inc.

Programming
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Checking compatibility - 2

text_image 2 1

网址咨询

1 Memory buttons

2 LED

Fixed-code hand-held transmitters

  1. Switch on the ignition, refer to page 50.
  2. When starting operation for the first time: press the left and right memory buttons 1 for approx. 20 seconds until the LED 2 flashes rapidly. The three memory buttons are cleared.
  3. Hold the original hand-held transmitter at a distance of approx. 4 to 12 in/10 to 30 cm from the memory buttons 1.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Fixed-code hand-held transmitters - 1

The required distance between the hand-held transmitter and the mem-uttons 1 depends on the system of the active original hand-held transmitter

  1. Simultaneously press the transmit key on the original hand-held transmitter and the desired memory button 1 on the integrated universal remote control. The LED 2 flashes slowly at first. As soon as the LED 2 flashes rapidly, release both buttons. If the LED 2 does not flash rapidly after approx. 15 seconds, alter the distance and repeat this step.

  2. To program other original hand-held transmitters, repeat steps 3 and 4.

The corresponding memory button 1 is now programmed with the signal of the original hand-held transmitter.

You can operate the device while the ignition is switched on.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Fixed-code hand-held transmitters - 2

If the device fails to function even after repeated programming, check whether the original hand-held transmitter uses an alternating-code system. To do so, either read the instructions for the original hand-held transmitter or hold down the programmed memory button 1 of the integrated universal remote control. If the LED 2 on the integrated universal remote control flashes rapidly and then remains lit for about two seconds, the original hand-held transmitter uses an alternating-code system. If it uses an alternating-code system, program the memory buttons 1 as described under Alternating-code hand-held transmitters.

Alternating-code hand-held transmitters

To program the integrated universal remote control, consult the operating instructions for the device to be set. You will find information there on the possibilities for synchronization. When programming hand-held transmitters that employ an alternating code, please observe the following supplementary instructions:

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Alternating-code hand-held transmitters - 1

Programming will be easier with the aid of a second person.

  1. Park your vehicle within the range of the remote-controlled device.
  2. Program the integrated universal remote control as described above in the section Fixed-code hand-held transmitters.
  3. Locate the button on the receiver of the device to be set, e.g. on the drive unit.
  4. Press the button on the receiver of the device to be set. After step 4, you have approx. 30 seconds for step 5.
  5. Press the programmed memory button 1 of the integrated universal remote control three times.

The corresponding memory button 1 is now programmed with the signal of the original hand-held transmitter.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Alternating-code hand-held transmitters - 2

If you have any questions, please contact your BMW center.

Deleting all stored programs

Press the left and right memory buttons 1 for approx. 20 seconds until the LED 2 flashes rapidly: all stored programs are deleted.

Reassigning individual programs

  1. Hold the original hand-held transmitter at a distance of approx. 4 to 12 in/10 to 30 cm from the memory buttons 1.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Reassigning individual programs - 1

The required distance between the hand-held transmitter and the mem- buttons 1 depends on the system of the active original hand-held transmitter

  1. Press the desired memory button 1 of the integrated universal remote control.
  2. If the LED 2 flashes slowly after approx. 20 seconds, press the transmit key of the original hand-held transmitter. Release both buttons as soon as the LED 2 flashes rapidly. If the LED 2 does not flash rapidly after approx. 15 seconds, alter the distance and repeat this step.

Digital compass\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Digital compass\* - 1

text_image 2—5ω 1

1 Adjustment button

2 Display

The display shows you the main or secondary compass direction in which you are driving.

Operating principle

You can call up various functions by pressing the adjustment button with a pointed object such as a ballpoint pen or similar item. The following adjustment options are displayed one after the other, depending on how long you keep the adjustment button pressed:

▶ Press briefly: switch display on/off
3 to 6 seconds: set compass zone
6 to 9 seconds: calibrate compass
9 to 12 seconds: set left-hand/right-hand steering
12 to 15 seconds: set the language

Setting compass zones

Set the compass zone corresponding to your vehicle's geographic location so that the compass can function correctly; refer to the world map with compass zones.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Setting compass zones - 1

contour | Region | Value | |--------|-------| | North America | 1 | | Europe | 2 | | Asia | 3 | | Africa | 4 | | South America | 5 | | Australia | 6 | | Central America | 7 | | Middle East | 8 | | Southeast Asia | 9 | | Eastern Europe | 10 | | Southern Europe | 11 | | Northern Europe | 12 | | Central Asia | 13 | | Southern Asia | 14 | | Western Europe | 15 | | Middle East | 16 | | Southeast Asia | 17 | | Eastern Europe | 18 | | Southern Europe | 19 | | Northern Europe | 20 | | Central Asia | 21 | | Southern Europe | 22 | | Western Europe | 23 | | Middle East | 24 | | Southeast Asia | 25 | | Eastern Europe | 26 | | Southern Europe | 27 | | Northern Europe | 28 | | Central Asia | 29 | | Southern Europe | 30 | | Western Europe | 31 | | Middle East | 32 | | Southeast Asia | 33 | | Eastern Europe | 34 | | Southern Europe | 35 | | Northern Europe | 36 | | Central Asia | 37 | | Southern Europe | 38 | | Western Europe | 39 | | Middle East | 40 | | Southeast Asia | 41 | | Eastern Europe | 42 | | Southern Europe | 43 | | Northern Europe | 44 | | Central Asia | 45 | | Southern Europe | 46 | | Western Europe | 47 | | Middle East | 48 | | Southeast Asia | 49 | | Eastern Europe | 50 | | Southern Europe | 51 | | Northern Europe | 52 | | Central Asia | 53 | | Southern Europe | 54 | | Western Europe | 55 | | Middle East | 56 | | Southeast Asia | 57 | | Eastern Europe | 58 | | Southern Europe | 59 | | Northern Europe | 60 | | Central Asia | 61 | | Southern Europe | 62 | | Western Europe | 63 | | Middle East | 64 | | Southeast Asia | 65 | | Eastern Europe | 66 | | Southern Europe | 67 | | Northern Europe | 68 | | Central Asia | 69 | | Southern Europe | 70 | | Western Europe | 71 | | Middle East | 72 | | Southeast Asia | 73 | | Eastern Europe | 74 | | Southern Europe | 75 | | Northern Europe | 76 | | Central Asia | 77 | | Southern Europe | 78 | | Western Europe | 79 | | Middle East | 80 | | Southeast Asia | 81 | | Eastern Europe | 82 | | Southern Europe | 83 | | Northern Europe | 84 | | Central Asia | 85 | | Southern Europe | 86 | | Western Europe | 87 | | Middle East | 88 | | Southeast Asia | 89 | | Eastern Europe | 90 | | Southern Europe | 91 | | Northern Europe | 92 | | Central Asia | 93 | | Southern Europe | 94 | | Western Europe | 95 | | Middle East | 96 | | Southeast Asia | 97 | | Eastern Europe | 98 | | Southern Europe | 99 | | Northern Europe | 100 | The chart displays a contour plot with labeled values for each region. The x-axis is unlabeled but corresponds to the geographic coordinates (e.g., North America, Europe, Asia). The y-axis is unlabeled but corresponds to the same geographic coordinates. Values are explicitly labeled on the contour lines. The legend is not present in the image. The chart is saved as a PNG file named 'Worldwide' and is displayed.

To set the compass zone, press the adjustment button for approx. 3-4 seconds. The number of the compass zone set is shown in the display.

To change the zone setting, briefly press the adjustment button repeatedly until the display shows the number of the compass zone corresponding to your current location.

The compass is operational again after approx. 10 seconds.

Calibrating the digital compass

The digital compass must be calibrated in the following situations:

An incorrect compass direction is shown.
The compass direction shown does not change although the direction of travel does.
Not all compass directions are shown.

Procedure

  1. Make sure that no large metal objects or overhead power lines are in the vicinity of your vehicle and that you have enough space to drive in a circle.
  2. Set the currently valid compass zone.
  3. Convertible: ensure that the retractable hardtop is fully closed.
  4. Press the adjustment button for approx. 6-7 seconds to call up C. Then drive in at least one full circle at a speed of no more than 4 mph or 7 km/h. If calibration is successful, the display changes from C to a compass direction.
  5. Convertible: open the retractable hardtop fully and repeat step 4.

Setting right-hand/left-hand steering

Your digital compass is factory-set to right-hand or left-hand steering, in accordance with your vehicle.

Set the language

You can set the language of the display:

Press the adjustment button for approx. 12-13 seconds. Briefly press the adjustment button again to switch between English, "E", and German, "O".

The setting is automatically saved after approx. 10 seconds.

Coupe: Roller sun blind\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: Roller sun blind\* - 1

text_image Car infotainment panel with Arabic flag icon and Chinese text label

Tap the button in the center console to raise or lower the roller sun blind.

Glove compartment

Opening

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Opening - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car showing the door panel and dashboard (no visible text or symbols)

Pull the handle.

The light in the glove compartment comes on.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Opening - 2

To prevent injury in the event of an accident while the vehicle is being driven,

close the glove compartment immediately after use.

Closing

Fold the cover up.

Locking

To lock the glove compartment, use the integrated key of the remote control, refer to page 18.

Convertible: when you lock the vehicle from the outside, the glove compartment is locked as well.

Center armrest

Storage compartment

The center armrest between the front seats contains either a compartment or the cover for the snap-in adapter*, depending on the equipment version.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Storage compartment - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car headrest lever with a white arrow pointing to a component (no text or symbols visible)

Opening

Press the button, see arrow.

Settings\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Settings\* - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car headrest lever mechanism (no text or symbols visible)

Slide the center armrest on the driver's side into the desired position.

Connection for external audio device

You can connect an external audio device such as a CD or MP3 player and play audio tracks over the car's loudspeaker system. You can set the volume and tone by means of the car radio, refer to the separate Owner's Manual for Radio.

Connecting

Lift up the center armrest.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Connecting - 1

natural_image Close-up of a printer's front panel showing a close-up of its screen and keyboard, with no visible text or symbols.

AUX-IN port for audio playback:

TRS connector 1/8 in/3.5 mm

To play audio tracks over the car's loudspeaker system, connect the headset or line-out port of the external device to the connector.

Storage compartments inside the vehicle

Depending on your vehicle's equipment, you will find compartments beside the steering column*, in the front doors and in the center console*.

There are nets* on the front-seat backrests.

Storage compartments in the rear console

Depending on your vehicle's equipment version, the following storage compartments can be found in the rear console:

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Storage compartments in the rear console - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car interior showing a white arrow pointing to a button (no text or symbols visible)

Storage tray

Storage compartment with cover

Cupholders

Coupe: clothes hooks

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: clothes hooks - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car's side panel with a white arrow pointing to a specific component (no text or symbols visible)

Press the upper edge to flip open.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: clothes hooks - 2

Items of clothing hung from the hooks must not obstruct the driver's view. Do not hang heavy objects from the hooks; otherwise, they could endanger the car's occupants, e.g. in case of heavy braking or sudden swerving.

Cupholders

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Cupholders - 1

Use lightweight and shatterproof containers and do not transport hot beverages; otherwise, there is an increased risk of injury in the event of the accident. Do not force containers that are too large into the cupholders; otherwise, damage could result.

Front

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Front - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car showing two directional buttons with arrows pointing to the dashboard (no text or symbols visible)

Opening

Briefly press the center of the cover.

Closing

Briefly press the cover in the center and push in the cupholder.

Coupe: rear

There are two additional cupholders in the rear center armrest.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: rear - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car dashboard with a black plastic component inserted, no visible text or symbols

Press the front of the armrest.

Convertible: rear

There are two additional cupholders in the rear console.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: rear - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car dashboard with a highlighted seat area and directional arrow (no text or symbols)

Press the button to open.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: rear - 2

Before folding down the rear seat back-rest or using the transport bag, remove all containers from the cupholder and close it. Do not place objects into the cupholder and use force to close it. Do not use the cupholder as a grab handle.

Ashtray\*

Opening

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Opening - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car showing a car's left-hand side with a downward arrow and control panel (no text or symbols visible)

Push the ridge on the cover.

Emptying

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Emptying - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car showing a gear shift lever with an upward arrow (no text or symbols)

Lift out the insert.

Lighter

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Lighter - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car showing a gear shift lever with a black knob and directional arrow (no text or symbols)

With the engine running or the ignition switched on, press in the cigarette lighter.

The lighter can be pulled out as soon as it pops back out.

Hold or touch the hot cigarette lighter by the knob only. Holding or touching it in other areas could result in burns.

When leaving the car, always remove the remote control so that children cannot operate the cigarette lighter and burn themselves.

Connecting electrical appliances

In your BMW, when the engine is running or the ignition is switched on, you can use electrical devices such as a hand lamp, car vacuum cleaner, etc., up to approx. 200 watts at 12 volts, as long as one of the following sockets is available. Avoid damaging the sockets by attempting to insert plugs of unsuitable shape or size.

Cigarette lighter socket\*

To access the socket: take the cigarette lighter out of the socket.

Socket\* in the front passenger footwell

A socket is located under the glove compartment on the left.

Socket in the center armrest

External audio device, refer to page 108.

Coupe: socket in the cargo area\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: socket in the cargo area\* - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car rear door with a small inset showing a close-up of the door (no text or symbols visible)

Open the cap.

Coupe: Through-loading system\*

Opening
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: Through-loading system\* - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car trunk with two directional control buttons and arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)
  1. To release the rear seat backrest, pull the corresponding lever in the cargo area.
  2. The unlocked rear seat backrest moves forward slightly. Fold the backrest forward by the head restraint.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: Through-loading system\* - 2

natural_image Interior view of a car showing the backrest door and seat area with a white arrow pointing to the interior (no text or symbols visible)

Closing

Return the rear seat backrest to its upright position and engage it.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Closing - 1

When returning the backrest to its seating position, make sure that the seat's locking mechanism engages properly. Otherwise, cargo could be thrown around in the event of sharp braking or swerving and endanger the occupants.

The lashing eyes in the cargo area provide you with a way to attach cargo area nets* or draw straps for securing suitcases and luggage, refer to page 124.

Convertible: Cargo loading

Enlarging the cargo area
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: Cargo loading - 1

natural_image Top-down view of a car's rear bumper with a black rectangular component and an upward arrow indicating motion (no text or symbols)

When the hardtop is closed you can enlarge the cargo area:

To do so, push the cargo area partition upward.

Before opening the hardtop, push the cargo area partition down until it engages on both sides.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: Cargo loading - 2

Before moving the hardtop, ensure that there are no objects on or next to the cargo area partition; otherwise, parts of the hardtop may be damaged. Do not exceed the maximum loading height; refer to the sticker in the cargo area showing a line indicating the maximum height. Do not use force to push down the cargo area partition.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: Cargo loading - 3

The retractable hardtop can only be opened if the cargo area partition is in its lowermost position and engaged on both sides.

Folding down the rear seat backrest

Opening

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Opening - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car backrest with a highlighted seatbelt (no text or symbols)

You can fold down the rear seat backrest to transport light objects in the rear without damaging the seats. Depending on the vehicle equipment, the mounting points for the cargo area net* are found on the back of the seat backrest. To unlock the rear seat backrest: press the button on the driver's or the opposite side.

Closing

Return the rear seat backrest to the upright seating position and engage it.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Closing - 1

When returning the backrest to its seating position, make sure that the seat's locking mechanism engages properly. Otherwise, cargo could be thrown around in the event of sharp braking or swerving and endanger the occupants.

Bag holder\*

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Bag holder\* - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car showing two black buttons inserted into the backrest, with arrows pointing to each button (no text or symbols visible)

When the rear seat backrest is folded down, you will find two bag holders on the cargo area wall:

  1. Fold open the holder by pressing the button.
  2. Press the handles of the bag onto the holder from above.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Bag holder\* - 2

Only hang light shopping bags or other suitable objects from the holders; otherwise, braking maneuvers and swerving, for example, may lead to a safety hazard due to objects flying about the passenger compartment. Only transport heavy luggage in the cargo area if it has been appropriately secured.

For more information on loading the vehicle, refer to page 123.

Storage compartment behind the rear seat backrest

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Storage compartment behind the rear seat backrest - 1

natural_image Interior view of a vehicle showing a rectangular frame with a black handle, no visible text or symbols

A storage compartment is located behind the rear seat backrest. To access the storage compartment: remove the insert or fold down the rear seat backrest.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Storage compartment behind the rear seat backrest - 2

When the rear seat backrest is folded down or the insert has been removed,

only transport small light objects in the storage compartment; otherwise, braking maneuvers and swerving, for example, may lead to a safety hazard due to objects flying about the passenger compartment. Only transport heavy luggage in the cargo area if it has been appropriately secured.

Storage compartments inside the cargo area

Coupe

Depending on your vehicle's equipment, the following storage spaces can be found in the cargo area:

Left storage compartment, e.g. for storing a box of cleaning tissues or up to 12 CD jackets, depending on vehicle equipment version
Net* for securing smaller objects, to be attached to the fixtures on the floor panel
Hooks for hanging up, e.g., shopping bags or tote bags
Rubber strap on the left trim panel for securing small objects such as a folding umbrella
Net for small objects on the right trim panel of the cargo area

Convertible

Depending on your vehicle's equipment, the following storage spaces can be found in the cargo area:

Storage compartment on the left side of the cargo area. To open turn handle by 90°
Net* for securing smaller objects, to be attached to the fixtures on the floor panel
Rubber strap* for subdividing the cargo area; can be hooked onto the lateral lashing eyes
Stowage compartment under the floor panel

Folding up the floor panel

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Folding up the floor panel - 1

Do not exceed the maximum permissible load of 55 lbs/25 kg for the storage compartment under the floor panel; otherwise, damage could result.

Coupe

Press the floor panel up and secure it with the catch.

Convertible

To lift, grab hold of the floor panel at the opening at the rear of the panel.

Lashing eyes

You will find lashing eyelets in the cargo area for securing luggage items with nets or tensioning straps, refer to page 124.

Coupe: ski bag\*

The ski bag is designed for safe, clean transport of up to 4 pairs of standard skis or up to 2 snowboards.

With the ski bag you can stow skis with a length of up to 6.9 ft 10 in/2.10 m. When skis of 6.9 ft 10 in/2.10 m length are loaded, the overall capacity of the ski bag is reduced due to its tapered design.

Loading

  1. Fold down the center armrest.
  2. Press the button, reach into the recess and fold down the cover.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Loading - 1

natural_image Simple diagram showing a directional arrow pointing right, with no text or symbols present.
  1. Open the Velcro fastener, spread the ski bag between the front seats and insert the skis or snowboards.

The zip fastener makes objects in the ski bag easier to reach.

  1. Clip the hooks of the ski bag retaining strap into the eyelet.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Loading - 2

natural_image Close-up of a car interior with a black belt and seatbelt, showing structural details (no text or symbols visible)

Only place clean skis in the ski bag. Wrap sharp edges to prevent damage.

Securing cargo
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Loading - 3

natural_image Illustration of a hand wearing a wrist strap, partially covered by a patterned background (no text or symbols visible)

After loading, secure the ski bag and its contents. Tighten the retaining strap on the tensioning buckle for this purpose.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Loading - 4

Secure the ski bag in the manner described; otherwise, it could endanger the car's occupants, e.g. in case of heavy braking or sudden swerving.

To store the ski bag, perform the steps described for loading in reverse order.

Removing the ski bag

The ski bag can be completely removed, e.g. for faster drying or to allow you to use other inserts.

  1. Fold down the center panel in the rear seat backrest.
  2. Pull the handle, arrow 1.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Removing the ski bag - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car seatbelt with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)
  1. Pull out the insert, arrow 2.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Removing the ski bag - 2

For more information on the various inserts available, contact your BMW cen-

ter.

Convertible: through-loading opening with integrated transport bag\*

The transport bag is designed for safe, clean transport of up to 4 pairs of standard skis or up to 2 snowboards.

When the rear seat backrest is folded up, you can remove the insert and use the transport bag with the regular through-loading opening. To transport larger objects, you can fold down the rear seat backrest to create an expanded through-loading opening.

With the transport bag you can stow skis with a length of up to 6.2 ft/1.90 m. When skis of 6.2 ft/1.90 m length are loaded, the overall capacity of the transport bag is reduced due to its tapered design.

Loading

  1. For loading using the regular through-loading opening:

Press the button down and remove the insert from the front.

For loading with the through-loading opening expanded:

Fold down the rear seat backrest, refer to page 112.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Loading - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car seatbelt with a black seatbelt and white arrow pointing to it (no text or symbols)
  1. Front cover: press the two recesses together and fold the cover down until it engages.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Loading - 2

natural_image Top-down view of a mechanical component with two arrows indicating direction (no text or symbols)
  1. In the cargo area: press the two recesses together and fold down the cover.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Loading - 3

natural_image Top-down view of a car trunk with two white arrows pointing to the rear side of the grille (no text or symbols visible)
  1. Undo the Velcro fastener and spread out the transport bag between the front seats.

  2. Insert the latch plate of the retaining strap into the belt buckle under the transport bag.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Loading - 4

natural_image Interior view of a vehicle seatbelt mechanism (no text or symbols visible)
  1. Load the transport bag. The zipper eases access to the stored items.

Only place clean skis in the transport bag. Wrap sharp edges to prevent damage.

You can use the snaps to shorten the transport bag if you do not need its full length.

Securing cargo

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Securing cargo - 1

natural_image Interior view of a vehicle showing a black belt buckle and seatbelt (no text or symbols visible)

After loading, secure the transport bag and its contents. Tighten the retaining strap on the tensioning buckle for this purpose.

Secure the transport bag in the manner described; otherwise, it could endanger the car's occupants, e.g. in case of heavy braking or sudden swerving.

To store the transport bag, perform the steps described for loading in reverse order.

Removing the front cover

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Removing the front cover - 1

natural_image Interior view of a vehicle showing a rectangular opening with a mounted cylindrical component (no visible text or symbols)

You can remove the front cover to use the full height of the through-loading opening. With the cover folded down, pull the handle, see arrow, and remove the cover toward the front. To replace, insert the cover at an angle from above and let it snap it into place.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Removing the front cover - 2

text_image Online Edition for Part no. 01 41 2 604 304 - © 02/10 BMW AG

Driving tips

This section provides you with information useful in dealing with specific driving and operating conditions.

Things to remember when driving

Break-in period

Moving parts need breaking-in time to adjust to each other. Please follow the instructions below in order to achieve the optimal service life and economy of operation for your vehicle.

Engine and differential

Always obey all official speed limits.

Up to 1,200 miles/2,000 km

Drive at varying engine and road speeds, but do not exceed an engine speed of 4,500 rpm or a road speed of 100 mph/160 km/h.

Avoid full-throttle operation and use of the transmission's kickdown mode.

After driving 1,200 miles/2,000 km

Engine and vehicle speeds can be gradually increased.

Tires

Due to technical factors associated with their manufacture, tires do not achieve their full traction potential until after an initial break-in period. Therefore, drive cautiously during the first 200 miles/300 km.

Brake system

Brakes require an initial break-in period of approx. 300 miles/500 km to achieve optimized contact and wear patterns between brake pads and rotors. Drive cautiously during this break-in period.

Clutch

The function of the clutch reaches its optimal level only after a distance driven of approx. 500 km. During this break-in period, engage the clutch gently.

Following part replacement

The same break-in procedures should be observed if any of the components mentioned above have to be renewed in the course of the vehicle's operating life.

Saving fuel

The fuel consumption of your vehicle depends on several factors. You can lower fuel consumption and the environmental impact by taking certain measures, adjusting your driving style and having the vehicle serviced regularly.

Remove any unneeded cargo

Additional weight increases fuel consumption.

Remove any mounted parts after you have finished using them

Remove unneeded additional mirrors, the roof rack and the rear luggage rack after use. Mounted parts affect the vehicle's aerodynamics and increase fuel consumption.

Close the windows and glass roof

An open glass roof or window causes higher air resistance and thus increases fuel consumption.

Check tire inflation pressure regularly

Check the tire inflation pressure at least twice a month and before embarking on a long journey, and correct it if necessary.

Low tire inflation pressure causes higher rolling resistance and thus increases fuel consumption and tire wear.

Set off immediately

Do not let the engine warm up while the car is still standing, but set off immediately at moderate engine speed. This is the fastest way for the cold engine to reach its operating temperature.

Drive defensively

Avoid unnecessary acceleration and braking maneuvers. To do so, keep an adequate distance between you and the vehicle in front of you. A defensive and smooth driving style keeps fuel consumption down.

Avoid high engine speeds

Only use first gear when setting off. In second and higher gears, accelerate without hesitation or pauses. When accelerating, shift up before reaching high engine speeds.

When you reach the desired speed, shift into the highest applicable gear and drive with the engine speed as low as possible and at a constant speed.

As a rule: driving at low engine speeds lowers fuel consumption and reduces wear.

Coasting

When approaching a red light, take your foot off the accelerator and coast to a stop in the highest applicable gear.

On a downhill slope, take your foot off the accelerator and coast in a suitable gear.

The fuel supply is interrupted when coasting.

Switch off the engine during lengthy stops

Switch off the engine when stopping for lengthy periods, e.g. at traffic lights, railroad crossings or in traffic congestions. You achieve fuel savings even if standing time is as short as approx. 4 seconds.

Switch off functions you do not need at the moment

Functions such as the air conditioner, seat heating or rear window defroster draw large amounts of power and consume additional fuel. Especially in city traffic and in stop and go driving they have a considerable impact. Therefore, switch these functions off when they are not really needed.

Have the vehicle serviced

Have the vehicle serviced regularly to achieve good economy and a long vehicle life. BMW recommends having the vehicle serviced at a BMW center. Also note the BMW service system, refer to page 148.

General driving notes

Close the trunk lid

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Close the trunk lid - 1

Operate the vehicle only when the trunk lid is closed. Otherwise, exhaust fumes enter the interior of the vehicle.

If the vehicle must be driven with the trunk lid open:

  1. Close all windows and the glass roof.
  2. Greatly increase the air volume of the air conditioner or automatic climate control system, refer to page 98 or 101.

Hot exhaust system

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Hot exhaust system - 1

In all vehicles, extremely high temperatures are generated in the exhaust sys-

tem. Do not remove the heat shields installed adjacent to various sections of the exhaust system, and never apply undercoating to them. When driving, standing at idle and while parking, take care to avoid possible contact between the hot exhaust system and any highly flammable materials such as hay, leaves, grass, etc. Such contact could lead to a fire, with the risk of serious personal injuries and property damage. Do not touch hot exhaust tail pipes. Otherwise, there is a risk of burns.

Hydroplaning

When driving on wet or slushy roads, reduce road speed. If you do not, a wedge of water can form between tires and road surface. This situation, known as hydroplaning, means that the tire can completely lose contact with the road surface, so that neither the car can be steered nor the brake be properly applied. The risk of hydroplaning increases with declining tread depth on the tires, refer also to Minimum tread depth on page 141.

Driving through water

Drive through water on the road only if it is not deeper than 1 ft/30 cm, and then only at walking speed at the most. Otherwise, the vehicle's engine, the electrical systems and the transmission may be damaged.

Use the parking brake on inclines

On inclines, do not hold the vehicle for a lengthy period using the clutch; use the parking brake instead. Otherwise, greater clutch wear will result.

For more information about the drive-off assistant, refer to page 82.

Braking safely

Your BMW is equipped with ABS as a standard feature. Applying the brakes fully is the most effective way of braking in situations in which this is necessary. Since the vehicle maintains steering responsiveness, you can still avoid possible obstacles with a minimum of steering effort.

Pulsation of the brake pedal, combined with sounds from the hydraulic circuits, indicate that ABS is in its active mode.

Driving in wet conditions

When roads are wet or there is heavy rain, briefly exert gentle pressure on the brake pedal every few miles. Monitor traffic conditions to ensure that this maneuver does not endanger other road users. The heat generated in this process helps dry the pads and rotors to ensure that full braking efficiency will then be available when you need it.

Hills

To prevent overheating and the resulting reduced efficiency of the brake system, drive long or steep downhill gradients in the gear in which the least braking is required. Even light but consistent brake pressure can lead to high temperatures, brake wear and possibly even brake failure.

You can increase the engine's braking effect by shifting down, all the way to first gear if necessary. This strategy helps you avoid placing excessive loads on the brake system. Downshifting in manual mode of the automatic transmission, refer to page 54.

Sports automatic transmission with double clutch: never drive with the transmission in neutral or with the engine switched off; otherwise, there will be no engine braking action and no power assistance to the brakes and steering.

Manual transmission: never drive with the clutch held down, with the transmission in neutral or with the engine switched off; otherwise, engine braking action will not be present or there will be no power assistance to the brakes or steering.

Never allow floor mats, carpets or any other objects to protrude into the area around the pedals; otherwise, pedal function could be impaired.

Corrosion on brake rotors

When the vehicle is driven only occasionally, during extended periods when the vehicle is not used at all, and in operating conditions where brake applications are less frequent, there is an increased tendency for corrosion to form on rotors, while contaminants accumulate on the brake pads. This occurs because the minimum pressure which must be exerted by the pads during brake applications to clean the rotors is not reached.

Should corrosion form on the brake rotors, the brakes will tend to respond with a pulsating effect that even extended application will fail to cure.

When the vehicle is parked

Condensation forms while the automatic climate control is in operation, and then exits under the vehicle. Traces of condensed water under the vehicle are therefore normal.

Cargo loading

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Cargo loading - 1

To avoid loading the tires beyond their approved carrying capacity, never overload the vehicle. Overloading can lead to overheating and increases the rate at which damage develops inside the tires. In some situations, this can result in sudden loss of tire pressure.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Cargo loading - 2

Make sure that no liquids are spilled or leak from their containers in the cargo area, as this could result in damage to the vehicle.

Determining loading limit
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Cargo loading - 3

natural_image Interior view of a car showing the door panel and seatbelt (no text or symbols visible)
  1. Locate the following statement on your vehicle's placard*:

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Cargo loading - 4

The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or YYY lbs. Otherwise, overloading can result in damage to the vehicle and unstable driving conditions.

  1. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
  2. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or YYY pounds.
  3. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the YYY amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150-lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs: 1,400 lbs. minus 750 lbs. = 650 lbs.
  4. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
  5. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, part of the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult the manual for transporting a trailer to determine how this may reduce the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

Load

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Load - 1

text_image + ≦ Max. Load + ≦ Max. Load + ≦ Max. Load

The permissible load is the total of the weight of occupants and cargo/luggage. The greater the weight of the occupants, the less cargo/luggage can be transported.

Stowing cargo

Position heavy objects as low and as far forward as possible, ideally directly behind the respective seat backrests.
▶ Cover sharp edges and corners.
For very heavy cargo when the rear seat is not occupied, secure each safety belt in the opposite buckle.

Coupe

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe - 1

natural_image Two identical car side profiles showing front and rear views of a shared seatbelt (no text or symbols)

Convertible

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible - 1

natural_image Two identical car side profiles showing front and rear seats with seatbelt covers (no text or symbols)

Securing cargo

Coupe

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe - 1

text_image Diagram showing a car interior with labeled directional arrows and numbered zones, including an inset of the ear component.

Convertible

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible - 1

text_image Diagram showing a mechanical component with numbered parts and an inset close-up of a bracket detail.

Secure smaller and lighter items using retaining straps, a cargo area net* or draw straps*.
Heavy-duty cargo straps* for securing larger and heavier objects are available at your BMW center. Four lashing eyes are provided for attaching the cargo straps. Two are located on the cargo area sidewalls 1, two more are on the rear cargo area panel 2. Please comply with the information supplied with the cargo straps.

Convertible: before opening the hardtop, fold down the cargo area partition. Make sure the cargo area is loaded correctly; otherwise parts of the hardtop can be damaged, refer to page 111.

Always position and secure the cargo as described above, so that it cannot endanger the car's occupants, for example if sudden braking or swerving is necessary.

Never exceed either the approved gross vehicle weight or either of the approved axle loads, refer to page 181; otherwise, excessive loads can

pose a safety hazard, and may also place you in violation of traffic safety laws.

Heavy or hard objects should not be carried loose inside the car, since they could be thrown around, for example as a result of heavy braking, sudden swerves, etc., and endanger the occupants.

Only attach the cargo straps using the lashing eyes shown in the illustration. Do not secure cargo with the anchors for tether straps, refer to page 48; otherwise, these could be damaged.

Coupe: roof-mounted luggage rack\*

A special rack system is available as an option for your BMW. Comply with the directions given in the installation instructions.

Mounting points
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: roof-mounted luggage rack\* - 1

natural_image 3D rendering of a car with directional arrows indicating flow or movement (no text or symbols)

The mounting points are located in the roof.

Loading roof-mounted luggage rack

Because roof racks raise the vehicle's center of gravity when loaded, they have a major effect on vehicle handling and steering response.

You should therefore always remember not to exceed the approved roof load capacity, the approved gross vehicle weight or the axle loads when loading the rack.

You can find the applicable data under Weights on page 181.

The roof load must be distributed uniformly and should not be too large in area. Heavy items should always be placed at the bottom. Be sure that adequate clearance is maintained for raising the glass roof, and that objects do not project into the opening path of the trunk lid.

Fasten roof-mounted cargo correctly and securely to prevent it from shifting or falling off during the trip.

Drive smoothly. Avoid sudden acceleration and braking maneuvers. Take corners gently.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Loading roof-mounted luggage rack - 1

natural_image Close-up of a metallic pipette dispensing liquid into a circular container (no text or symbols visible)

Mobility

This section helps you maintain your car's mobility by supplying important information on vital topics including fuels and lubricants, wheels and tires, service, maintenance and roadside assistance.

Refueling

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Refueling - 1

Always switch off the engine before refueling; otherwise, fuel cannot be added to link and a message will be displayed.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Refueling - 2

Take all precautionary measures and observe all applicable regulations when handling fuel. Do not carry any spare fuel containers in your vehicle. They can develop a leak and cause an explosion or cause a fire in the event of an accident.

Fuel filler flap

Opening

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Opening - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car's side panel with a highlighted black button and an inset showing a person in motion (no text or symbols visible)
  1. Open the fuel filler flap. To do so, lightly press the rear edge.
  2. Turn the gas cap counterclockwise.
  3. Place the gas cap in the bracket attached to the fuel filler flap.

Closing

Fit the cap and turn it clockwise until you clearly hear a click.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Closing - 1

Do not pinch the band attached to the cap; otherwise, the cap cannot be closed by and fuel vapors can escape.

Manually releasing the fuel filler flap

In the event of a malfunction, you can release the fuel filler flap manually:

Coupe

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe - 1

natural_image Diagram showing a device with a close-up view of the interior and an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)
  1. Remove the cover from the right-hand sidewall of the cargo area.
  2. Pull the knob with the fuel pump symbol. The fuel filler flap is released.

Convertible

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car interior with two arrows pointing to a component, no visible text or symbols
  1. Loosen the right-hand cargo area trim panel by turning the screws by 90°, see arrow.
  2. Slightly lift the top section of the panel. It is not necessary to remove the entire panel.
  3. Pull the knob with the fuel pump symbol. The fuel filler flap is released.

Observe the following when refueling

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Observe the following when refueling - 1

When handling fuels, follow the safety instructions provided at filling stations; otherwise, there is a risk of personal injury or property damage.

When refueling, insert the filler nozzle completely into the filler pipe. Avoid lifting the filler nozzle while filling the tank, as that would lead to

▶ Premature pump shutoff
▶ Reduced efficiency of the fuel-vapor recovery system.

The fuel tank is full when the filler nozzle clicks off the first time.

Fuel tank capacity

Approx. 16.1 US gallons/61 liters, including the reserve capacity of 2.1 US gallons/8 liters.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Fuel tank capacity - 1

Refuel as soon as possible once your cruising range falls below 30 miles/

50 km; otherwise, engine functions are not ensured and damage can occur.

Fuel specifications

Gasoline engine: required fuel

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Gasoline engine: required fuel - 1

Do not refuel with leaded fuel; otherwise, the catalytic converter will be damaged.

Do not fill the tank with E85, i.e. fuel containing 85% ethanol, nor with FlexFuel. Otherwise, the engine and fuel supply system will be damaged.

Super Premium Gasoline/AKI 91

This gasoline is highly recommended.

However, you may also use gasoline with less AKI. The minimum AKI Rating is:

328i/xDrive: 87
335i, 335i/xDrive: 89.

If you use gasoline with this minimum AKI Rating, the engine may produce knocking sounds when starting at high outside temperatures.

This has no effect on the engine life.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Super Premium Gasoline/AKI 91 - 1

Do not use any gasoline below the specified minimum fuel grade. Otherwise, the engine could be damaged.

Use high-quality brands

Field experience has indicated significant differences in fuel quality: volatility, composition, additives, etc., among gasolines offered for sale in the United States and Canada. Fuels containing up to and including 10% ethanol or other oxygenates with up to 2.8% oxygen by weight, that is, 15% MTBE or 3% methanol plus an equivalent amount of cosolvent, will not void the applicable warranties with respect to defects in materials or workmanship.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Use high-quality brands - 1

The use of poor-quality fuels may result in drivability, starting and stalling problems especially under certain environmental conditions such as high ambient temperature and high altitude.

Should you encounter drivability problems which you suspect could be related to the fuel you are using, we recommend that you respond by switching to a recognized high-quality brand such as gasoline that is advertised as Top Tier Detergent Gasoline.

Failure to comply with these recommendations may also result in unscheduled maintenance.

BMW recommends BP fuels

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Use high-quality brands - 2

Wheels and tires

Tire inflation pressures

Information for your safety

It is not merely the tires' service life, but also driving comfort and, to a great extent, driving safety that depend on the condition of the tires and the maintenance of the specified tire pressure.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Information for your safety - 1

Check the tire inflation pressure regularly and correct it, if necessary: at least twice a month and before starting long trips. If you fail to observe this precaution you may be driving on tires with incorrect tire pressures, a condition that can not only compromise your vehicle's driving stability, but also lead to tire damage and the risk of an accident. Do not drive with deflated, i.e. flat tires, except when using run-flat tires. A flat tire will seriously impair your vehicle's handling and braking response.

Attempts to drive on a flat tire can lead to loss of control over the vehicle.

Checking pressure

Only check tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold. This means after a maximum of 1.25 miles/2 km driving or when the vehicle has been parked for at least 2 hours. When tires are warm, the tire inflation pressure is higher.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Checking pressure - 1

After correcting the tire inflation pressure, reset the Tire Pressure Monitor, refer to page 85, or reinitialize the Flat Tire Monitor, refer to page 83.

Inflation pressure specifications

The tables below provide all the correct inflation pressures for the specified tire sizes at ambient temperature.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Inflation pressure specifications - 1

The inflation pressures apply to the tire sizes approved and tire brands recommended by BMW; a list of these is available from your BMW center.

For correct identification of the right tire inflation pressures, observe the following:

▶ Tire sizes for your vehicle
Load conditions
▶ Maximum allowable driving speed

Tire inflation pressures for driving up to 100 mph or 160 km/h

For normal driving up to 100 mph or 160 km/h and to achieve optimum driving comfort, adjust pressures to the respective tire inflation pressures listed on the following pages in the columns for traveling speeds up to a maximum of 100 mph or 160 km/h.

These tire inflation pressures can also be found on the driver's side door post when the driver's door is open.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Tire inflation pressures for driving up to 100 mph or 160 km/h - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car showing the door, seatbelt, and dashboard panel (no text or symbols visible)

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Tire inflation pressures for driving up to 100 mph or 160 km/h - 2

The maximum permissible speed for these tire pressures is 100 mph or 160 km/h. Do not exceed this speed; otherwise, tire damage and accidents could occur.

Tire inflation pressures for driving above 100 mph or 160 km/h

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Tire inflation pressures for driving above 100 mph or 160 km/h - 1

In order to drive at maximum speeds in excess of 100 mph or 160 km/h, adjust pressures to the respective tire inflation pressures listed on the following pages in the columns for traveling speeds including those exceeding 100 mph or 160 km/h. Otherwise, tire damage and accidents could occur.

Observe all national and local maximum speed limits; otherwise, violations of the laws could occur.

Coupe: tire inflation pressures for the 328i

Tire size Pressure specifications in psi/kPa

Traveling speeds up to a max. of 100 mph / 160 km/hTraveling speeds including those exceeding 100 mph / 160 km/h
All pressure specifications in the table are indicated in psi/kilopascal with cold tires. Cold = ambient temperatureBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: tire inflation pressures for the 328i - 1BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: tire inflation pressures for the 328i - 2
Without Sport Package:
205/55 R 16 91 H M+S225/50 R 16 92 H M+S225/45 R 17 91 H M+S225/45 R 17 91 V32/22038/26036/25044/300
225/45 R 17 94 V M+S XL32/22039/27036/25044/300
Front: 225/45 R 17 91 V32/220-36/250-
Rear: 255/40 R 17 94 V-35/240-39/270
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 W32/220-36/250-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 W-39/270-42/290
Front: 225/35 R 19 88 Y XL36/250-36/250-
Rear: 255/30 R 19 91 Y XL-44/300-44/300
With Sport Package:
205/55 R 16 91 H M+S225/50 R 16 92 H M+S225/45 R 17 91 H M+S32/22038/26036/25044/300
225/45 R 17 91 V32/22038/26042/29049/340
225/45 R 17 94 V M+S XL32/22039/27042/29049/340
Front: 225/45 R 17 91 V32/220-42/290-
Rear: 255/40 R 17 94 V-35/240-44/300
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 W32/220-39/270-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 W-39/270-46/320
Front: 225/35 R 19 88 Y XL36/250-39/270-
Rear: 255/30 R 19 91 Y XL-44/300-46/320
More details on the permissible load and weights can be found on page 181.

Coupe: tire inflation pressures for the 328xi
Tire size Pressure specifications in psi/kPa

Traveling speedsup to a max. of100 mph / 160 km/hTraveling speedsincluding thoseexceeding100 mph / 160 km/h

All pressure specifications in the table are indicated in psi/kilopascal with cold tires. Cold = ambient temperature

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: tire inflation pressures for the 328i - 3

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: tire inflation pressures for the 328i - 4

text_image Diagram showing a car with human silhouettes and a briefcase, likely illustrating a safety or insurance concept.

Without Sport Package:

205/55 R 16 91 H M+S225/50 R 16 92 H M+S225/45 R 17 91 H M+S225/45 R 17 91 V32/22038/26035/24042/290
225/45 R 17 94 V M+S XL32/22039/27036/25044/300
Front: 225/45 R 17 91 V32/220-33/230-
Rear: 255/40 R 17 94 V-33/230-39/270
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 W33/230-36/250-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 W-38/260-42/290
Front: 225/35 R 19 88 Y XL39/270-39/270-
Rear: 255/30 R 19 91 Y XL-44/300-44/300

With Sport Package:

205/55 R 16 91 H M+S
225/50 R 16 92 H M+S32/22038/26035/24042/290
225/45 R 17 91 H M+S
225/45 R 17 91 V32/22038/26041/28048/330
225/45 R 17 94 V M+S XL32/22039/27041/28048/330
Front: 225/45 R 17 91 V32/220-41/280-
Rear: 255/40 R 17 94 V-33/230-42/290
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 W33/230-39/270-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 W-38/260-46/320
Front: 225/35 R 19 88 Y XL39/270-41/280-
Rear: 255/30 R 19 91 Y XL-44/300-46/320

More details on the permissible load and weights can be found on page 181.

Coupe: tire inflation pressures for the 335i

Tire size Pressure specifications in psi/kPa

Traveling speeds up to a max. of 100 mph / 160 km/hTraveling speeds including those exceeding 100 mph / 160 km/h
All pressure specifications in the table are indicated in psi/kilopascal with cold tires. Cold = ambient temperatureBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: tire inflation pressures for the 335i - 1BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: tire inflation pressures for the 335i - 2
Without Sport Package:
225/45 R 17 91 H M+S32/22039/27038/26045/310
225/45 R 17 94 V M+S XL33/23041/28038/26045/310
Front: 225/45 R 17 91 V32/220-38/260-
Rear: 255/40 R 17 94 V-35/240-41/280
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 W32/220-38/260-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 W-39/270-45/310
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 Y32/220-35/240-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 Y-39/270-41/280
Front: 225/35 R 19 88 Y XL38/260-38/260-
Rear: 255/30 R 19 91 Y XL-45/310-45/310
With Sport Package:
225/45 R 17 91 H M+S32/22039/27038/26045/310
225/45 R 17 94 V M+S XL33/23041/28042/29049/340
Front: 225/45 R 17 91 V32/220-38/260-
Rear: 255/40 R 17 94 V-35/240-44/300
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 W32/220-41/280-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 W-39/270-48/330
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 Y32/220-36/250-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 Y-39/270-44/300
Front: 225/35 R 19 88 Y XL38/260-41/280-
Rear: 255/30 R 19 91 Y XL-45/310-48/330
More details on the permissible load and weights can be found on page 181.

Coupe: tire inflation pressures for the 335xi

Tire size Pressure specifications in psi/kPa

Traveling speedsup to a max. of100 mph / 160 km/hTraveling speedsincluding thoseexceeding100 mph / 160 km/h

All pressure specifications in the table are indicated in psi/kilopascal with cold tires. Cold = ambient temperature

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: tire inflation pressures for the 335xi - 1

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: tire inflation pressures for the 335xi - 2

text_image Diagram showing a car with human silhouettes and a briefcase, likely illustrating a safety or insurance concept.

Without Sport Package:

225/45 R 17 91 H M+S32/22039/27039/27045/310
225/45 R 17 94 V M+S XL33/23041/28039/27045/310
Front: 225/45 R 17 91 V32/220-39/270-
Rear: 255/40 R 17 94 V-35/240-39/270
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 W35/240-38/260-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 W-39/270-42/290
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 Y35/240-35/240-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 Y-39/270-39/270
Front: 225/35 R 19 88 Y XL39/270-39/270-
Rear: 255/30 R 19 91 Y XL-45/310-45/310

With Sport Package:

225/45 R 17 91 H M+S32/22039/27039/27045/310
225/45 R 17 94 V M+S XL33/23041/28042/29049/340
Front: 225/45 R 17 91 V32/220-39/270-
Rear: 255/40 R 17 94 V-35/240-44/300
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 W35/240-42/290-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 W-39/270-48/330
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 Y35/240-39/270-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 Y-39/270-42/290
Front: 225/35 R 19 88 Y XL39/270-42/290-
Rear: 255/30 R 19 91 Y XL-45/310-48/330

More details on the permissible load and weights can be found on page 181.

Coupe: inflation pressures 335is

Tire size Pressure specifications in psi/kPa

Traveling speeds up to a max. of 100 mph / 160 km/hTraveling speeds including those exceeding 100 mph / 160 km/h
All pressure specifications in the table are indicated in psi/kilopascal with cold tires. Cold = ambient temperatureBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: inflation pressures 335is - 1BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: inflation pressures 335is - 2
225/45 R 17 91 H M+S32/22039/27038/26045/310
225/45 R 17 94 V M+S XL35/24042/29044/30049/340
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 W33/230-42/290-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 W-41/280-49/340
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 Y33/230-38/260-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 Y-41/280-45/310
Front: 225/35 R 19 88 Y XL39/270-42/290-
Rear: 255/30 R 19 91 Y XL-46/320-49/340
More details on the permissible load and weights can be found on page 181.

Convertible: tire inflation pressures for the 328i

Tire size Pressure specifications in psi/kPa

Traveling speeds up to a max. of 100 mph / 160 km/hTraveling speeds including those exceeding 100 mph / 160 km/h
All pressure specifications in the table are indicated in psi/kilopascal with cold tires. Cold = ambient temperatureBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: tire inflation pressures for the 328i - 1BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: tire inflation pressures for the 328i - 2

Without Sport Package:

205/55 R 16 91 H M+S225/50 R 16 92 H M+S33/23041/28036/25044/300
225/45 R 17 91 H M+S33/23041/28039/27046/320
225/45 R 17 91 W33/23041/28036/25044/300
225/45 R 17 94 V M+S XL35/24042/29039/27046/320
Front: 225/45 R 17 91 V32/220-36/250-
Rear: 255/40 R 17 94 V-36/250-42/290
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 W35/240-38/260-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 W-42/290-45/310
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 Y35/240-35/240-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 Y-42/290-42/290
Front: 225/35 R 19 88 Y XL39/270-39/270-
Rear: 255/30 R 19 91 Y XL-46/320-46/320

With Sport Package:

205/55 R 16 91 H M+S225/50 R 16 92 H M+S33/230 41/280 36/250 44/300
225/45 R 17 91 H M+S225/45 R 17 91 W33/230 41/280 41/280 48/330
225/45 R 17 94 V M+S XL35/24042/29042/29049/340
Front: 225/45 R 17 91 V32/220-41/280-
Rear: 255/40 R 17 94 V-36/250-45/310
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 W35/240-42/290-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 W-42/290-49/340
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 Y35/240-38/260-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 Y-42/290-45/310

Tire size Pressure specifications in psi/kPa

Traveling speeds up to a max. of 100 mph / 160 km/hTraveling speeds including those exceeding 100 mph / 160 km/h
All pressure specifications in the table are indicated in psi/kilopascal with cold tires. Cold = ambient temperatureBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: tire inflation pressures for the 328i - 3BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: tire inflation pressures for the 328i - 4
Front: 225/35 R 19 88 Y XL39/270 -42/290 -
Rear: 255/30 R 19 91 Y XL- 46/320- 49/340

More details on the permissible load and weights can be found on page 181.

Convertible: tire inflation pressures for the 335i

Tire size Pressure specifications in psi/kPa

Traveling speeds up to a max. of 100 mph / 160 km/hTraveling speeds including those exceeding 100 mph / 160 km/h
All pressure specifications in the table are indicated in psi/kilopascal with cold tires. Cold = ambient temperatureBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: tire inflation pressures for the 335i - 1BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: tire inflation pressures for the 335i - 2

Without Sport Package:

225/45 R 17 91 H M+S33/23041/28039/27046/320
225/45 R 17 94 V M+S XL35/24042/29039/27046/320
Front: 225/45 R 17 91 V32/220-36/250-
Rear: 255/40 R 17 94 V-36/250-42/290
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 W35/240-38/260-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 W-42/290-45/310
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 Y35/240-35/240-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 Y-42/290-42/290
Front: 225/35 R 19 88 Y XL39/270-39/270-
Rear: 255/30 R 19 91 Y XL-46/320-46/320

With Sport Package:

225/45 R 17 91 H M+S33/23041/28039/27046/320
225/45 R 17 94 V M+S XL35/24042/29042/29049/340
Front: 225/45 R 17 91 V32/220-41/280-
Rear: 255/40 R 17 94 V-36/250-45/310
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 W35/240-42/290-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 W-42/290-49/340
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 Y35/240-38/260-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 Y-42/290-45/310
Front: 225/35 R 19 88 Y XL39/270-42/290-
Rear: 255/30 R 19 91 Y XL-46/320-49/340

More details on the permissible load and weights can be found on page 181.

Convertible: inflation pressures 335is

Tire size Pressure specifications in psi/kPa

Traveling speeds up to a max. of 100 mph / 160 km/hTraveling speeds including those exceeding 100 mph / 160 km/h
All pressure specifications in the table are indicated in psi/kilopascal with cold tires. Cold = ambient temperatureBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: inflation pressures 335is - 1BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: inflation pressures 335is - 2
225/45 R 17 91 H M+S33/23041/28039/27046/320
225/45 R 17 94 V M+S XL35/24042/29042/29049/340
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 W35/240-42/290-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 W-42/290-49/340
Front: 225/40 R 18 88 Y35/240-38/260-
Rear: 255/35 R 18 90 Y-42/290-45/310
Front: 225/35 R 19 88 Y XL39/270-42/290-
Rear: 255/30 R 19 91 Y XL-46/320-49/340
More details on the permissible load and weights can be found on page 181.

Tire identification marks

Knowledge of the labeling on the side of the tire makes it easier to identify and choose the right tires.

Tire size
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Tire identification marks - 1

text_image e.g. 225/45 R 17 9 1 V Nominal width in mm Aspect ratio in % Radial belt construction Rim diameter in inches Load rating, not on ZR tires Speed code letter, in front of the R on ZR tires

Speed code letter

Q = up to 100 mph or 160 km/h
T = up to 118 mph or 190 km/h
H = up to 131 mph or 210 km/h
V = up to 150 mph or 240 km/h
W = up to 167 mph or 270 km/h
Y = up to 186 mph or 300 km/h

Tire Identification Number

Tires with DOT codes meet the guidelines of the US Department of Transportation.

DOT code:

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Tire Identification Number - 1

text_image e.g. DOT xxxx xxx 1010 Manufacturer's code for tire make Tire size and tire design Tire age

Tire age

The manufacturing date of tires is contained in the tire coding: DOT ... 1010 means that the tire was manufactured in week 10 of 2010.

BMW recommends that you replace all tires after 6 years at most, even if some tires may last for 10 years.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example:

Tread wear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

DOT Quality Grades

Tread wear Traction AA A B C Temperature A B C

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - DOT Quality Grades - 1

All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition these grades.

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.

Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Traction - 1

The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction, and does not include acceleration, cor- g, hydroplaning, or peak traction charac- ics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A, the highest, B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Temperature - 1

The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly

inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

RSC – run-flat tires

You will recognize run-flat tires by a circular symbol containing the letters RSC on the side of the tire, refer to page 142.

M+S

Winter and all-season tires.

These have better winter properties than summer tires.

XL

Designation for specially reinforced tires.

Tire condition

Inspect your tires frequently for tread wear, signs of damage and for foreign objects lodged in the tread. Check the tread depth.

Minimum tread depth

The tread depth should not drop below 0.12 in/3 mm, although, for example, European legislation only specifies a minimum tread depth of

0.063 in/1.6 mm. At tread depths below 0.12 in/3 mm there is an increased risk of high-speed hydroplaning, even when only small amounts of water are present on the road surface.

When winter tires wear down past a tread depth of 0.16 in/4 mm, they become perceptibly less suitable for winter conditions. In the interest of safety, new tires should be installed.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Minimum tread depth - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car tire tread pattern with a magnified inset showing the edge detail (no text or symbols)

Wear indicators in the base of the tread groove are distributed around the tire's circumference; the letters TWI, for Tread Wear Indicator, on the tire's sidewalls identify tires that incorporate these wear indicators. Once the tire tread has worn down to the wear indicators, the tire has worn to a depth of 0.063 in/1.6 mm.

Wheel/tire damage

Please note that low-profile tires cause wheels, tires and suspension parts to be more susceptible to road hazard and consequential damages.

Unusual vibrations encountered during normal vehicle operation can indicate tire failure or some other vehicle defect. This can, for example, be caused by driving over curbs. The same applies to any other abnormal road behavior, such as pulling severely to the right or left.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Wheel/tire damage - 1

In these cases, reduce speed immediately and have wheels and tires thor-

oughly checked. To do so, drive carefully to the nearest BMW center or tire shop that works according to BMW repair procedures with correspondingly trained personnel. If necessary, have the vehicle towed there.

Otherwise, tire damage can pose a lethal hazard to vehicle occupants and other road users.

Tire age

For various reasons, such as the development of brittleness, BMW recommends tire replacement after no more than 6 years, regardless of the actual wear of the tires.

The manufacturing date of tires is contained in the tire coding:

DOT ... 1010 means that the tire was manufactured in week 10 of 2010.

Run-flat tires

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Run-flat tires - 1

text_image RSC

The symbol identifying run-flat tires is a circle with the letters RSC on the sidewall.

Run-flat tires comprise a conditionally self-supporting tire and a special rim. The reinforcement in the sidewalls ensures that the tire can continue to be used subject to certain restrictions, even if depressurized.

For information on continuing to drive with a flat tire, refer to Indication of a flat tire, page 84.

New wheels and tires

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - New wheels and tires - 1

Have new wheels and tires installed only by your BMW center or tire shop that works according to BMW repair procedures with correspondingly trained personnel. If this work is not carried out properly, there is a danger of subsequent damage and related safety hazards. Make sure that the new wheels are balanced.

Retreaded tires

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Retreaded tires - 1

BMW recommends that you do not use retreaded tires, since driving safety may be paired. The causes for this include potential different tire casing structures and often variations in tire age, which can result in the service life.

Correct wheels and tires

When mounting new tires or changing over from summer to winter tires and vice versa, mount run-flat tires for your own safety. In the event of a flat, no spare wheel is available. Your BMW center will be glad to advise you.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Correct wheels and tires - 1

BMW recommends that you use only wheel and tire combinations that BMW has tested and approved for your particular vehicle. Variations in factors such as manufacturing tolerances mean that even wheels and tires with identical official size ratings could actually have different dimensions, which could lead to body contact and thus to severe accidents. If non-approved wheels and tires are used, BMW cannot evaluate their suitability, and therefore cannot guarantee their driving safety.

You can inquire about the right wheel/tire combination at your BMW center.

The correct combination of wheels and tires is also necessary to ensure reliable operation of various vehicle systems such as ABS, DSC or FTM.

To maintain good handling and vehicle response, use only tires of a single brand and tread configuration. After a tire has been damaged, mount the previous wheel and tire combination again as soon as possible.

Wheels with Tire Pressure Monitor TPM electronics

When mounting new tires or changing over from summer to winter tires, or vice versa, only use wheels with TPM electronics; otherwise, the Tire Pressure Monitor may not be able to detect a puncture, refer to page 84. Your BMW center will be glad to advise you.

Recommended tire brands
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Wheels with Tire Pressure Monitor TPM electronics - 1

natural_image Close-up of a tire with a star symbol and an arrow pointing to it, no visible text or symbols.

Certain makes of tire are recommended by BMW for each tire size. They are marked with a clearly visible BMW designation on the sidewall of the tire.

When properly used, these tires meet the highest standards in terms of safety and handling characteristics.

Special characteristics of winter tires

BMW recommends winter tires for driving on winter roads or at temperatures below +457/+76. Although all-season M+S tires provide better winter traction than summer tires, they generally fail to provide the same levels of cold-weather performance as winter tires.

Pay attention to speed

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Pay attention to speed - 1

Always comply with the speed limit for the winter tires mounted on your car; failure

to do so could result in tire damage and accidents.

If the car is capable of speeds higher than that permitted for the winter tires, a label stating the maximum permitted speed for the mounted tires must be displayed in your field of view. Specialist tire dealers and your BMW center can supply these labels.

Storage

Always store wheels and tires in a cool, dry place with as little exposure to light as possible. Always protect tires against all contact with oil, grease and fuels. Do not exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire.

Swapping wheels between axles

BMW advises against swapping wheels between the front and rear axles, even if all tires have the same size, as this could impair driving characteristics. If the tires are of mixed sizes, swapping wheels between the axles is not permissible.

Snow chains\*

Only certain fine-link snow chains have been tested by BMW, classified as safe for use and recommended. Consult your BMW center for more information.

Snow chains must be mounted in pairs and on the rear wheels only. Observe the manufacturer's instructions when mounting snow chains. Do not exceed a speed of 30 mph or 50 km/h.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Snow chains\* - 1

Do not initialize the Flat Tire Monitor if snow chains are mounted; otherwise, the instrument might issue an incorrect reading. When driving with snow chains, you may find it helpful to activate DTC temporarily, refer to page 81.

Under the hood

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Under the hood - 1

Do not work on the car unless you possess the necessary technical knowledge. If you are unfamiliar with the statutory guidelines, have any work on the vehicle performed only by a BMW center or by a workshop that work according to BMW repair procedures with correspondingly trained personnel. If this work is not carried out properly, there is a danger of subsequent damage and related safety hazards.

Hood

Releasing
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Hood - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car dashboard with steering wheel and directional arrow indicator (no text or symbols)

Pull the lever.

Opening
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Hood - 2

natural_image Front view of a car with a tool interacting with the windshield, showing a close-up inset of a mechanical component (no text or symbols visible)

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Hood - 3

In order to avoid damage, make sure that the wiper arms are against the windshield before you open the hood. Do not open the engine hood before the engine has cooled down; otherwise, injuries may result.

Press the release handle and open the hood.

Closing
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Hood - 4

natural_image Front view of a car's head and grille (no visible text or symbols)

Let the hood drop from a height of approx. 10 in/25 cm. It must be clearly heard to engage.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Hood - 5

Make sure that the closing path of the hood is clear; otherwise, injuries may result.

If you see any signs while driving your vehicle that the hood is not completely closed, stop at once and close it securely.

Important parts of the engine compartment

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Important parts of the engine compartment - 1

text_image Diagram of a car engine compartment with numbered parts for identification

1 Expansion tank for coolant, refer to page 147
2 Washer fluid filler neck for headlamp cleaning system and window washer system, refer to page 62

Engine oil

The engine oil consumption is dependent on driving style and driving conditions.

Checking oil level

Your car is equipped with an electronic oil-level monitor.

For a precise measurement and display of the oil level, it is necessary that the engine be at operating temperature, i.e. after uninterrupted driving for at least approx. 6.2 miles/10 km. You can have the oil level displayed while you are driving, or while the vehicle is at a standstill on a level surface and the engine is running.

You can have the oil level reading displayed in the instrument cluster.

3 Jump-starting connection, refer to page 160
4 Filler neck for engine oil, refer to Adding engine oil

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Checking oil level - 1

text_image Diagram showing oil and ship control buttons with directional arrows and a vehicle icon, likely illustrating vehicle fuel or oil safety control.
  1. Push button 1 in the turn indicator lever up or down repeatedly until the appropriate symbol is shown in the display, accompanied by the word "OIL".
  2. Press button 2 in the turn indicator lever. The oil level is checked and the reading displayed.

Possible displays

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Possible displays - 1

text_image 1 OK min max 2 min max 3 + 1 qts min max 4 > MAX min max 5 INACTIVE min max

1 Oil level OK
2 Oil level is being checked.

This can take about 3 minutes if the car is at a standstill on a level surface, or about 5 minutes while the car is on the move.

3 Oil level down to minimum:

Add engine oil as soon as possible, but no more than 1 US quart/1 liter, refer also to Adding engine oil on page 146.

4 Oil level is too high.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Possible displays - 2

Too much oil will harm the engine.

Have the vehicle checked without

delay.

5 The oil level sensor is defective.

Do not add engine oil. You can continue your journey. Note the newly calculated distance remaining to the next oil service, refer to page 76. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Adding engine oil

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Adding engine oil - 1

natural_image Top-down view of a car engine bay with a black rectangular component and directional arrow indicating flow or movement (no text or symbols)

Do not add 1 US quart/1 liter of engine oil until the following warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster, or until the oil level monitor shows "+1qt" or "+1l".

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Adding engine oil - 2

text_image 032050 - 12:08

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Adding engine oil - 3

Add oil within the next 125 miles/200 km; otherwise, the engine could be dam-

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Adding engine oil - 4

Keep oils, greases, etc. out of the reach of children and comply with the relevant things on the containers. Otherwise, health days may result.

Oil change

Have oil changed only at your BMW center or at a workshop that works according to BMW repair procedures with correspondingly trained personnel.

Oil types

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Oil types - 1

Do not use oil additives as this could result in engine damage.

Specified engine oils

Your service center can advise you on which engine oils have been approved by the manufacturer of your vehicle.

The engine oil quality is critical for the life of the engine.

Approved oils can be identified by the following specification:

Gasoline engine

Preferred: BMW Longlife-01

BMW Longlife-01 FE

Alternatively: BMW Longlife-98

Approved oils belong to the following viscosity classes: SAE 0W-40, SAE 0W-30, SAE 5W-40 and SAE 5W-30.

Alternative oil types

If approved oils are not available, you can use quantities of up to 1 US quart/1 liter of another oil with the following specifications:

API SM or higher

BMW recommends

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Alternative oil types - 1

Coolant

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coolant - 1

Do not add coolant to the cooling system when the engine is hot. Escaping coolant cause burns.

Coolant consists of half water and half additive. Not all commercially available additives are suitable for your BMW. Ask your BMW center for suitable additives.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coolant - 2

Only use suitable additives; otherwise, engine damage may result. Because

additives are harmful to your health, it is important to follow the instructions on the containers.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coolant - 3

Comply with the appropriate environmental protection regulations when dis-g of coolant additives.

Checking coolant level

  1. Do not open the engine hood before the engine has cooled down.
  2. Turn the cap of the expansion tank a little counterclockwise to allow any accumulated pressure to escape, then continue turning to open.
  3. The coolant level is correct if it is between the maximum and minimum marks in the filler neck, refer also to the diagram next to the filler neck.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Checking coolant level - 1

natural_image Close-up of a mechanical component with a threaded fitting and a magnified inset showing internal detail (no visible text or symbols)
  1. If the coolant is low, slowly add coolant up to the specified level; do not overfill.
  2. Turn the cap until there is an audible click.
  3. Have the reason for the coolant loss eliminated as soon as possible.

Maintenance

BMW Maintenance System

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - BMW Maintenance System - 1

text_image km 9999 12/2006

The BMW Maintenance System supports the preservation of the traffic and operating safety of your BMW. The objective is to optimize efforts with respect to minimal vehicle maintenance costs.

If and when you come to sell your BMW, a comprehensive record of servicing will prove a significant benefit.

Condition Based Service CBS

Sensors and special algorithms take the different driving conditions of your BMW into account. Condition Based Service uses this to determine the current and future service requirements. By letting you define a service and maintenance regimen that reflects your own individual requirements, the system builds the basis for trouble-free driving.

In the instrument cluster, you can have the remaining times or distances for selected maintenance tasks and any legally prescribed dates displayed, refer to page 76:

Engine oil
▶ Brake pads: separately for front and rear
Brake fluid
▶ Vehicle check
Legally mandated inspections depending on local regulations

Service data in the remote control

Your vehicle continuously stores service-requirement information in the remote control while you are driving. Your BMW Service Advisor can read out this data from the remote control unit, and propose an optimized maintenance approach. Whenever you take your car in for servicing you should therefore hand your BMW Service Advisor the remote control unit that you last used.

Make sure that the date in the instrument cluster is always set correctly, refer to page 77; otherwise, the effectiveness of Condition Based Service CBS is not assured.

Service and Warranty Information Booklet for US models and Warranty and Service Guide Booklet for Canadian models

Please consult your Service and Warranty Information Booklet for US models and Warranty and Service Guide Booklet for Canadian models for additional information on service requirements.

BMW recommends that you have service and repair operations performed at your BMW center.

Take the time to ensure that these service procedures are confirmed by entries in your vehicle's Service and Warranty Information Booklet for US models and Warranty and Service Guide Booklet for Canadian models. These entries verify that your vehicle has received the specified regular maintenance.

Socket for Onboard Diagnosis OBD

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Socket for Onboard Diagnosis OBD - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car dashboard with steering wheel and seatbelt (no visible text or symbols)

On the driver's side is an OBD socket for checking components relevant to the composition of the vehicle's emissions.

Emissions

SERVICE ENGINE SOON

The warning lamp lights up:

The vehicle is producing higher emissions. The trip can be continued. Have

the car checked as soon as possible.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Emissions - 1

Canadian models display this warning lamp.

The lamp flashes under certain conditions. This indicates excessive misfiring in the engine. If this happens, you should reduce your speed and visit your nearest BMW center as soon as possible. Severe engine misfiring can quickly lead to serious damage of emissions-related components, especially the catalytic converter.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Emissions - 2

The warning lamp comes on if the gas cap is not properly tightened and the OBD system assumes that fuel vapor

is escaping. Make sure that the gas cap is correctly positioned and close it until it audibly clicks.

Data memory

Your vehicle records data about the operation, faults, and user settings. These data are stored in the vehicle and in extract form, in the remote control, and can be read out using suitable devices at your BMW center. The data that are read out are used to support service procedures and repairs or to optimize and expand vehicle functions. If you have a BMW Assist contract, certain vehicle data can also be transmitted directly from the vehicle in order to enable the desired services.

Care

Care products

Regular cleaning and care contributes significantly to the value retention of your BMW.

BMW recommends cleaning and caring for your vehicle with products that are approved by BMW for this purpose.

Your BMW center will be happy to advise you on the products and services available for cleaning and caring for your BMW.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Care products - 1

Original BMW Care Products have been material tested, laboratory checked and proven in the field, and offer optimal care and protection for your vehicle.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Care products - 2

Do not use cleaners that contain alcohol or solvents as these may result in damage.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Care products - 3

Cleaning agents can contain substances that are dangerous or hazardous to your health. Therefore, follow the warning and safety instructions on the packaging. When cleaning inside the vehicle, always open the doors or windows of the vehicle. In enclosed areas, provide for sufficient ventilation. Only use products designed for cleaning vehicles.

Exterior care

Washing the vehicle

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Washing the vehicle - 1

Especially during the winter months, ensure that the vehicle is washed more frequently. Heavy soiling and road salt can lead to vehicle damage.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Washing the vehicle - 2

After washing the vehicle, apply the brakes briefly to dry them; otherwise, water can reduce braking efficiency over the short term and the brake discs can corrode.

Automatic car washes

Preference should be given to cloth car washes.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Automatic car washes - 1

Do not use high-pressure car washes; otherwise, water may drip into the vehicle and the windows.

Before driving into a car wash, ensure that it is suitable for your BMW. Check the following:

Dimensions of your vehicle, refer to page 179.
If necessary: fold in the exterior mirrors, refer to page 44.
▶ Maximum permissible tire width.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Automatic car washes - 2

Avoid car washes with guide rail heights over 4 in/10 cm; otherwise, there is the er of damaging chassis parts.

Preparations before driving into an automatic car wash:

▶ Unscrew the rod antenna*.
Deactivate the rain sensor* to prevent unintentional wiping.
Remove additional add-on parts, e.g. spoilers or phone antennas, if they could be damaged.

Automatic transmission

Before driving into an automatic car wash, perform the following steps to ensure that the vehicle can roll:

  1. Insert the remote control into the ignition lock, even with Comfort Access.
  2. Move the selector lever to position N.
  3. Release the parking brake.
  4. Switch off the engine.
  5. Leave the remote control in the ignition lock so that the vehicle can roll.

Sports automatic transmission with double clutch

Before driving into an automatic car wash, perform the following steps to ensure that the vehicle can roll:

  1. Insert the remote control into the ignition lock, even with Comfort Access.
  2. Engage transmission position N.
  3. Release the parking brake.
  4. Switch off the engine.
  5. Leave the remote control in the ignition lock so that the vehicle can roll.
    The transmission is switched into position P:
    ▶ automatically after approx. 30 minutes
    ▶ if you remove the infrared remote control from the ignition lock

Steam jets/high-pressure washers

When using steam jets or high-pressure washers, ensure that you maintain sufficient clearance to the vehicle and do not exceed a temperature of 140^ F/60 ^ C.

Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure or temperature can lead to component damage or water penetration. Follow the operating instructions of the high-pressure washer.

When using high-pressure washers, do not spray against the sensors and cameras, e.g. of the Park Distance Control or Rear View Camera, for an extended period and maintain a distance of at least 1 ft/30 cm.

Manual car wash

When washing the vehicle by hand, use large quantities of water and car shampoo if necessary. Clean the vehicle with a sponge or washing brush, applying light pressure only.

Before cleaning the windshield, deactivate the rain sensor or switch off the ignition to prevent unintentional activation of the wipers.

Observe local regulations pertaining to washing vehicles by hand.

Headlamps

Do not rub them dry and do not use abrasive or corrosive cleaning agents.

Loosen dirt, e.g. insects, with shampoo or insect remover and wash away with copious quantities of water.

Thaw ice with a windshield deicer and do not use an ice scraper.

Windows

Clean the inside and outside surfaces of the windows and the mirrors with window cleaner.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Windows - 1

Do not clean the mirrors with cleaners containing quartz.

Convertible: retractable hardtop

Proceed as you would in a normal car wash.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: retractable hardtop - 1

When you open a wet hardtop, water drops may run into the cargo area. If nec-

essary, remove items from the cargo area beforehand to avoid water stains or soiling.

Paintwork care

Regular care contributes to value retention and protects the paintwork against the long-term effects of damaging substances.

Region-specific environmental influences can damage the vehicle paintwork. Therefore, it is important to adapt the frequency and scope of car care accordingly.

Immediately remove aggressive materials such as spilled fuel, oil, grease, brake fluid, tree sap or bird droppings to prevent damage to the paint-work.

Repairing paintwork damage

Immediately repair scratches or similar damage, such as that caused by stones hitting the vehicle, where necessary to prevent rusting.

BMW recommends having paintwork damage repaired by a professional paint repair workshop according to BMW specifications using original BMW paint materials.

Preservation

A preservation treatment is necessary when water no longer beads off the clean paintwork surface. Only use products for paintwork preservation that contain carnauba or synthetic waxes.

Rubber seals

Treat only with water or rubber care products.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Rubber seals - 1

Do not use silicon-containing care products on rubber seals; otherwise, noise image could occur.

Chrome parts

Carefully clean vehicle parts such as the radiator grill, door handles or window frames with copious quantities of water and a shampoo additive, especially when roads are treated with deicing salt. For additional treatment, use a chrome polish.

Light-alloy wheels

For technical reasons, dust is generated during braking that is deposited on the light-alloy wheels. Remove the dust regularly using acid-free rim cleaner.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Light-alloy wheels - 1

Do not use aggressive, acidic, strongly alkaline and abrasive cleaning agents or in jets over 140 °F/60 °C; otherwise, dam- may occur.

Outside sensors/cameras

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Outside sensors/cameras - 1

Keep the sensors and cameras on the outside of the vehicle, e.g. those for Park

Distance Control, clean and free of ice to ensure that they remain fully functional.

Interior care

Upholstery fabrics/cloth trims/Alcantara fabrics

Vacuum regularly with a vacuum cleaner to remove superficial dirt.

To remove severe spots such as stains from beverages, use a soft sponge or lint-free microfiber cloth and suitable interior cleaners. Follow the instructions on the packaging.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Upholstery fabrics/cloth trims/Alcantara fabrics - 1

Clean the upholstery down to the seams using a sweeping motion. Avoid strong ng.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Upholstery fabrics/cloth trims/Alcantara fabrics - 2

Opened Velcro fasteners on pants or other articles of clothing can damage the covers. Ensure that Velcro fasteners are d.

Leather/leather trim

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Leather/leather trim - 1

The leather used by BMW is a high quality natural product. Slight irregularities in the ter are a typical characteristic of natural ter.

Dust and road grit in the pores and folds of the leather have an abrasive effect, leading to increased wear and causing the leather surface to become brittle prematurely. Therefore, frequently clean the leather of dust using a cloth or vacuum cleaner.

Clean light-colored leather more frequently as dust and dirt are more noticeable.

Treat the leather at least once every two months using a leather lotion as dirt and grease will gradually attack the leather's protective layer.

Carpet/floor mats\*

The floor mats can be removed for cleaning. When heavily soiled, clean carpets with a microfiber cloth and water or textile cleaner. Rub back and forth in the direction of travel; otherwise, the carpet may become matted.

Interior plastic parts

▶ Imitation leather surfaces
Lamp glasses
▶ Display pane of instrument cluster
Matte parts

Clean with water and solvent-free plastic cleaner if necessary.

Fine wood parts

Clean fine wood trim and fine wood parts with a damp cloth. Wipe dry with a soft cloth.

Safety belts

Dirty belt straps impede the reeling action and thus have a negative impact on safety.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Safety belts - 1

Do not clean chemically, as this may destroy the webbing.

Interior sensors/cameras

To clean interior sensors and cameras, use a lint-free cloth moistened with glass cleaner.

Displays

To clean displays, e.g. of the radio or instrument cluster, use a cleaning cloth for displays or a soft, non-abrasive, lint-free cloth.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Displays - 1

Avoid applying excessive pressure when cleaning the displays; otherwise, damage occur.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Displays - 2

Do not use chemical or abrasive household cleaning agents. Keep all types of

fluid away from the device. Otherwise, surfaces or electrical components may be corroded or damaged.

CD/DVD drives

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - CD/DVD drives - 1

Do not use a cleaning CD, as it may damage parts of the drive.

Vehicle storage

If your vehicle is to be decommissioned for longer than three months, your BMW center or a workshop that operates according to BMW specifications will be glad to advise you.

Replacing components

Onboard vehicle tool kit

Coupe
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Onboard vehicle tool kit - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a refrigerator with open door and internal compartments (no text or symbols)

The onboard vehicle tool kit is stored in a compartment on the right-hand side of the cargo area. Remove the cover.

Convertible

The onboard vehicle tool kit is stored in a pouch under the cargo area floor panel.

Wiper blades

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Wiper blades - 1

natural_image Diagram showing a mechanical component with arrows indicating direction, no text or symbols present
  1. Fold out the wiper arm and hold it.
  2. Press together the locking spring, arrows 1, and fold out the wiper blade, arrow 2.
  3. Take the wiper blade out of the catch mechanism, pulling the blade toward the front.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Wiper blades - 2

To avoid damage, make sure that the wiper arms are against the windshield

before you open the engine compartment.

Lamps and bulbs

Lamps and bulbs make an essential contribution to vehicle safety. They should, therefore, be handled carefully. BMW recommends having your BMW center perform any work that you do not feel competent to perform yourself or that is not described here.

Never touch the glass of new bulbs with your bare fingers, as even minute amounts of contamination will burn into the bulb's surface and reduce its service life. Use a clean tissue, cloth or something similar, or hold the bulb by its base.

You can obtain a selection of replacement bulbs at your BMW center.

Only change bulbs while they are cool to the touch; otherwise, you could suffer burns.

When working on electrical systems, always begin by switching off the consumer in question; otherwise, short-circuits could result. To avoid possible injury or equipment damage when replacing bulbs, observe any instructions provided by the bulb manufacturer.

For care of the headlamps, please follow the instructions in the chapter entitled 'Care'.

If the routine for changing a particular bulb is not described here, please contact your BMW center or a workshop that works according to BMW repair procedures with correspondingly trained personnel.

Light-emitting diodes LED

Light-emitting diodes installed behind translucent lenses serve as the light source for many of the controls, displays, and equipment in your vehicle. These light-emitting diodes, which operate using a concept similar to that applied in conventional lasers, are officially designated as Class 1 light-emitting diodes.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Light-emitting diodes LED - 1

Do not remove the covers or expose the eyes directly to the unfiltered light source

for several hours; otherwise, this could cause irritation of the retina.

Headlight lenses

In cool or humid weather, condensation may form on the interior of outside lamps. When the light is switched on, the condensation will disappear after a short time. The headlight lenses do not need to be replaced.

At high humidities, e.g. water droplets may form in the lights; have these checked by your BMW center.,

Xenon lamps

These bulbs have a very long service life and are highly unlikely to fail. If a xenon lamp fails nevertheless, switch on the fog lamps and continue the journey with great care, provided that local legislation does not prohibit this.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Xenon lamps - 1

Have any work on the xenon lamp system, including bulb replacements, performed only by a BMW center or a workshop that works according to BMW repair procedures with correspondingly trained personnel. Otherwise, if such work is carried out improperly, the high voltage in the system presents the danger of fatal injuries.

Access to the lamps

  1. Switch off the lamps and take the remote control out of the ignition lock.
  2. Remove the upper cover from the head-lamp. To do so, use a screwdriver to press the catches towards the rear, see arrows, and pull the cover forward and out.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Access to the lamps - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car's seat cover with two inset images showing black covers and arrows indicating features (no text or symbols)

Follow the same steps in reverse order to reattach the cover.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Access to the lamps - 2

Be careful when installing the cover; otherwise, leaks could occur and cause dam- to the headlamp system.

Parking lamps and roadside parking lamps, daytime running lights\*

These lamps use LED technology for operation. If they malfunction, please contact your BMW center.

Corner-illuminating lamp\*

H3 bulb, 55 watts

  1. Switch off the lamps and take the remote control out of the ignition lock.
  2. Remove the cover, refer to Access to the lamps.
  3. Push the wire bracket out of the anchor towards the right and fold it up.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Corner-illuminating lamp\* - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car interior with visible engine and dashboard components, showing a magnified inset of a hand holding a cable (no text or symbols)
  1. Disconnect the plug, change the bulb and reconnect the plug.

  2. Insert the bulb.

  3. Fold the wire bracket down and engage it.

  4. Reattach the cover.

Turn signals, front

These lamps use LED technology for operation. If they malfunction, please contact your BMW center.

Side turn signals

W5W bulb, 5 watts

  1. Press the front edge of the lamp toward the rear with your fingertip, arrow 1 and pivot it out, arrow 2.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Side turn signals - 1

text_image Diagram showing car door corner with numbered directional arrows and labels 1 and 2
  1. While simultaneously lifting the retaining tab, rotate bulb holder to the left and remove.
  2. Remove lamp and replace it.

To install, insert rear end of the lamp and press into place at the front.

Tail lamps

Coupe: at a glance

The tail lamps are divided in two parts. One part is in the trunk lid, the other is in the fender.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: at a glance - 1

text_image 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Backup lamp
2 Brake lamp
3 Parking/tail lamps
4 Turn signal
5 Brake Force Display lamp
6 Parking/tail lamps

Convertible: at a glance

The tail lamps are divided in two parts. One part is in the trunk lid, the other is in the fender.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: at a glance - 1

text_image 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Backup lamp
2 Brake lamp
3 Parking/tail lamps
4 Turn signal
5 Brake Force Display lamp
6 Parking/tail lamps

Backup lamp

If these lamps malfunction, please contact your BMW center.

Turn signal, brake, license plate, parking, and tail lamps

These lamps use LED technology for operation. If they malfunction, please contact your BMW center.

Coupe: two-stage brake light in the trunk lid

H21W bulb, 21 watts

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe: two-stage brake light in the trunk lid - 1

natural_image Diagram showing a hand holding a tool near a vehicle door frame, with an inset close-up of the tool (no text or symbols visible)
  1. Pry out the plastic plugs in the trim of the trunk lid using a screwdriver and remove the trim.
  2. Release the bulb holder, see arrow, and remove.
  3. Apply gentle pressure to the bulb while turning it to the left for removal and replacement.
  4. Attach the bulb holder.
  5. Attach trunk lid trim.

Convertible: two-stage brake light in the trunk lid

H21W bulb, 21 watts

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible: two-stage brake light in the trunk lid - 1

natural_image Interior view of a car door frame with a close-up inset showing a hand holding a tool near the door (no text or symbols visible)
  1. Take the warning triangle out of its holder, refer to page 160. Unscrew the holder using the screwdriver from the onboard vehicle tool kit.

  2. Pry out the plastic plugs in the trim of the trunk lid using a screwdriver and remove the trim.

  3. Release the bulb holder, see arrow, and remove.

  4. Apply gentle pressure to the bulb while turning it to the left for removal and replacement.

  5. Attach the bulb holder.
  6. Reattach the trim of the trunk lid and the holder for the warning triangle.

Changing wheels

Your BMW is equipped with run-flat tires as standard. This eliminates the need to change a wheel immediately in the event of a puncture.

For information on continuing to drive with a damaged tire, refer to Indication of a flat tire on page 84.

The symbol identifying run-flat tires is a circle with the letters RSC on the sidewall, refer to Run-flat tires, page 142.

When mounting new tires or changing over from summer to winter tires and vice versa, mount run-flat tires for your own safety. In the event of a flat, no spare wheel is available. Your BMW center will be glad to advise you. Refer also to New wheels and tires, page 142.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Changing wheels - 1

The tools for changing wheels are available as optional accessories from your

BMW center.

Jack mounting points

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Jack mounting points - 1

natural_image Side view of a sedan car with two arrows pointing to the side (no text or symbols present)

The jacking points are at the positions shown in the illustration.

Vehicle battery

Battery care

The battery is 100% maintenance-free, the electrolyte will last for the life of the battery when the vehicle is operated in a temperate climate. Your BMW center will be glad to advise in all matters concerning the battery.

Battery replacing

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Battery replacing - 1

Only use vehicle batteries that have been approved for your vehicle by the manufacturer; otherwise, the vehicle could be damaged and systems or functions may not be fully available.

After a battery replacement, have the battery registered on the vehicle by your service center to ensure that all comfort functions are fully available.

Charging the battery

Only charge the battery in the vehicle via the terminals in the engine compartment with the engine off. Connections, refer to Jump-starting on page 160.

Disposal

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Disposal - 1

Have old batteries disposed of by your BMW center or bring them to a recycling center. Maintain the battery in an upright position for transport and storage. Always secure the battery against tipping over during transport.

Power failure

After a temporary power loss, the functioning of some equipment may be limited and require reinitialization. Individual settings may likewise have been lost and will have to be programmed:

Time and date

These values must be updated, refer to page 77.

Radio

Stations must be stored again, refer to the separate Owner's Manual for Radio.

Glass roof It may happen that the roof can only be raised. The system must be initialized. Please contact your BMW center.
▶ Seat and mirror memory The positions must be stored again, refer to page 41.
Inside rearview mirror with digital compass The system must be calibrated, refer to page 107.
Active steering
The system automatically initializes itself briefly during a trip. The system is deactivated during this time, refer to page 87.
xDrive
The system automatically initializes itself during a trip. Indicator lamps light up during this time. If the lamps do not go out during the current trip, have the system checked.

Fuses

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Fuses - 1

Never attempt to repair a blown fuse and do not replace a defective fuse with a substitute of another color or amperage rating; otherwise, this could lead to a circuit overload, ultimately resulting in a fire in the vehicle.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Fuses - 2

natural_image Front view of a car's front panel with two white arrows pointing to the side (no text or symbols visible)

Open the cover in the glove compartment and remove it.

Plastic tweezers are located on the distributor box.

See the rear of the cover for information on fuse assignment.

Spare fuses are available from your BMW center.

Giving and receiving assistance

Emergency Request\*

Conditions for an Emergency Request:

Full preparation package mobile phone: this equipment makes it possible to send an Emergency Request even if no mobile phone is paired with the vehicle.
BMW Assist is activated. Activating BMW Assist, refer to separate Owner's Manual.
Radio readiness is on.
The BMW Assist system is logged on to a mobile phone network.
The Emergency Request system is operable.

Once your service contract for BMW Assist expires, the BMW Assist system can be deactivated by a BMW center without you having to visit a workshop. Once the BMW Assist system has been deactivated, Emergency Requests are not possible. The BMW Assist system can be reactivated by a BMW center after a new contract has been signed.

Sending an Emergency Request

  1. Briefly press the cover flap to open.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Sending an Emergency Request - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car interior showing a door handle and a close-up of the door with a 'SOS' signal icon (no text or symbols on the main subject)
  1. Press the SOS button until the LED in the button lights up.

As soon as the voice connection to the BMW Assist Response Center has been established, the LED flashes.

Once the BMW Assist Response Center has received your Emergency Request, the BMW Assist Response Center contacts you and takes further steps to help you. Even if you are unable to respond, the BMW Assist Response Center will be able to initiate further steps to assist you under certain conditions.

If the circumstances allow this, remain in the vehicle until the connection has been established. You will then be able to provide a detailed description of the situation.

Data for determining the necessary rescue measures are transmitted to the BMW Assist Response Center, e.g. the current position of your vehicle, if it can be determined.

If the LED is flashing but the BMW Assist Response Center cannot be heard over the hands-free system, it is possible that the hands-free system is malfunctioning. You may still be heard by the BMW Assist Response Center, however.

Under certain conditions, an Emergency Request is sent automatically immediately after a severe accident. This Automatic Collision Notification is not affected by the button being pressed.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Sending an Emergency Request - 2

For technical reasons, the Emergency Request service cannot be guaranteed

for the most unfavorable conditions.

Roadside Assistance

BMW Roadside Assistance is available by phone around the clock in many countries. You can obtain support there in the event of a break down.

Phone numbers for BMW Roadside Assistance can be found in the Contact brochure.

First aid pouch\*

Some of the articles contained in the first aid pouch have a limited service life. Therefore, check the expiration dates of the contents regularly and replace any items in good time, if necessary.

Coupe
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - First aid pouch\* - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a battery inserted into a door panel (no text or symbols)

The first aid pouch is located on the right-hand side of the cargo area in a storage area.

Convertible
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - First aid pouch\* - 2

natural_image Close-up of a mechanical component with a black clip inserted, showing internal structure (no text or symbols visible)

The first aid pouch is located in a compartment under the front passenger seat.

To open: press the button and fold the cover down.

To close: fold the cover back up and press it into the catch.

Warning triangle\*

Coupe
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Warning triangle\* - 1

natural_image Diagram of a car door with an open rear panel and a black rectangular object inserted, showing a staircase (no text or symbols)

The warning triangle is located on the left-hand side of the cargo area. Press the tab to take it out.

Convertible
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Warning triangle\* - 2

natural_image Top-down view of a device casing with two arrows pointing to a component (no text or symbols visible)

The warning triangle is located in a holder in the trunk lid. Press the tabs to take it out.

Jump-starting

If the car's own battery is flat, your BMW's engine can be started by connecting two jumper cables to another vehicle's battery. You can also use the same method to help start another vehicle. Only use jumper cables with fully-insulated clamp handles.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Jump-starting - 1

Do not touch any electrically live parts when the engine is running, or a fatal accident may occur. Carefully adhere to the following sequence, both to prevent damage to one or both vehicles, and to guard against possible personal injuries.

Preparation

  1. Check whether the battery of the other vehicle has a voltage of 12 volts and approximately the same capacitance in Ah. This information can be found on the battery.
  2. Switch off the engine of the assisting vehicle.
  3. Switch off any consumers in both vehicles.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Preparation - 1

There must not be any contact between the bodies of the two vehicles; otherwise, there is a danger of shorting.

Connecting jumper cables

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Connecting jumper cables - 1

Connect the jumper cables in the correct order, so that no sparks which could cause injury occur.

Your BMW has a jump-starting connection in the engine compartment which acts as the battery's positive terminal, refer also to the Engine compartment overview on page 145. The cap is marked with +.

  1. Pull the cap of the BMW jump-starting connection up to remove.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Connecting jumper cables - 2

natural_image Interior view of a vehicle showing dashboard and engine compartment (no visible text or symbols)
  1. Attach one terminal clamp of the plus/+ jumper cable to the positive terminal of the battery or a starting-aid terminal of the vehicle providing assistance.
  2. Attach the second terminal clamp of the plus/+ jumper cable to the positive terminal of the battery or a starting-aid terminal of the vehicle to be started.
  3. Attach one terminal clamp of the minus/jumper cable to the negative terminal of the battery or to an engine or body ground of the assisting vehicle.

Your BMW has a special nut as body ground or negative pole.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Connecting jumper cables - 3

natural_image Interior view of a car showing a vehicle seatbelt with an arrow pointing to it (no text or symbols visible)
  1. Attach the second terminal clamp of the minus/- jumper cable to the negative terminal of the battery or to the engine or body ground of the vehicle to be started.

Starting the engine

  1. Start the engine of the donor vehicle and allow it to run for a few minutes at slightly increased idle speed.
  2. Start the engine on the other vehicle in the usual way.
    If the first start attempt is not successful, wait a few minutes before another attempt in order to allow the discharged battery to recharge.
  3. Let the engines run for a few minutes.
  4. Disconnect the jumper cables by reversing the above connecting sequence.

If necessary, have the battery checked and recharged.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Starting the engine - 1

Never use spray fluids to start the engine.

Tow-starting, towing away

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Tow-starting, towing away - 1

Observe the applicable laws and regulations for tow-starting and towing vehicles.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Tow-starting, towing away - 2

Do not transport any passengers other than the driver in a vehicle that is being towed.

Using a tow fitting

The screw-in tow fitting must always be carried in the car. It can be screwed in at the front or rear of the BMW.

Coupe: it is stored in the onboard vehicle tool kit underneath the cover on the right-hand side of the cargo area, refer to page 154.

Convertible: it is stored in the onboard vehicle tool kit underneath the cargo area floor, refer to page 154.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Using a tow fitting - 1

Use only the tow fitting provided with the vehicle and screw it all the way in. Use the tow fitting for towing on paved roads only. Avoid lateral loading of the tow fitting, e.g. do not lift the vehicle by the tow fitting. Otherwise, the tow fitting and the vehicle could be damaged.

Access to screw thread

Release the cover panel in the bumper: Press on the upper part of the cover panel.

Front
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Access to screw thread - 1

natural_image Close-up of a car's front bumper with a black circular mark and arrow pointing to the nose area (no text or symbols visible)

Rear
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Access to screw thread - 2

natural_image Close-up of a car's side profile with a white arrow pointing to the nose area (no text or symbols visible)

Being towed

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Being towed - 1

Make sure that the ignition is switched on, refer to page 50; otherwise, the low-beam lamps, tail lamps, turn signal indicators and shield wipers may be unavailable.

Power steering assistance is not available when the engine is not running. Thus, braking and steering will require increased effort. Active steering is not active and it will be necessary to turn the steering wheel further.

Manual transmission

Gearshift lever in neutral position.

Automatic transmission

Selector lever in position N.

Changing selector lever positions, refer to page 53.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Automatic transmission - 1

Do not exceed a towing speed of 45 mph or 70 km/h and a towing distance of 90 miles/150 km; otherwise, the automatic transmission may be damaged.

Sports automatic transmission with double clutch

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Sports automatic transmission with double clutch - 1

Make sure that the parking lock P is not engaged; otherwise, the rear wheels are bilized.

When using the car wash function, refer to page 151, make sure that after approx.

30 minutes, the parking lock P is automatically engaged and thus immobilizes the rear wheels. In the event of an electrical malfunction or if the vehicle must be towed for more than approx.

20 minutes, unlock the parking lock manually, refer to page 58.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Sports automatic transmission with double clutch - 2

When towing, do not exceed a maximum speed of 30 mph or 50 km/h and a maxi-distance traveled of 30 miles/50 km; othe, the transmission may be damaged.

BMW recommends transporting the vehicle on a tow truck with a flatbed or towing with the rear axle raised.

Towing methods

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Towing methods - 1

Do not lift the vehicle by a tow fitting or body and chassis parts; otherwise, damhay result.

With a tow bar

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - With a tow bar - 1

The towing vehicle must not be lighter than the towed vehicle; otherwise, it may possible to maintain control.

The tow fittings used should be on the same side on both vehicles. Should it prove impossible to avoid mounting the tow bar at an angle, please observe the following:

Clearance and maneuvering capability will be sharply limited during cornering.
The tow bar will generate lateral forces if it is attached offset.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - With a tow bar - 2

Attach the tow bar to the tow fittings only, as attaching it to other parts of the vehicle result in damage.

With a tow rope

When starting off in the towing vehicle, make sure that the tow rope is taut.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - With a tow rope - 1

To avoid jerking and the associated stresses on vehicle components when

towing, always use nylon ropes or nylon straps. Attach the tow rope to the tow fittings only, as attaching it to other parts of the vehicle could result in damage.

With a tow truck: vehicle without xDrive

Manual and automatic transmission:

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - With a tow truck: vehicle without xDrive - 1

text_image Diagram showing three types of car loading methods: a truck with no load, a truck with a horizontal load, and a flatbed truck with a horizontal load.

Sports automatic transmission with double clutch:

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - With a tow truck: vehicle without xDrive - 2

text_image Diagram showing three types of car loading trucks with crossed-out lane markings, indicating no crossing or clearance.

Have the BMW transported with a tow truck with a so-called lift bar, or on a flatbed.

Do not tow the vehicle with just the rear axle raised as this may cause the steering to turn.

With a tow truck: vehicle with xDrive

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - With a tow truck: vehicle with xDrive - 1

Do not tow a BMW with xDrive with just the front or rear axle raised; otherwise, the wheels could lock up and the transfer case could be damaged.

Have the BMW transported on a flatbed surface only.

Tow-starting

Avoid tow-starting the vehicle whenever possible; instead, jump-start the engine, refer to page 160 Vehicles with a catalytic converter should only be tow-started when the engine is cold; vehicles with an automatic transmission or Sports automatic transmission with double clutch cannot be tow-started at all.

  1. Switch on hazard warning flashers, comply with local regulations.
  2. Switch on the ignition, refer to page 50.
  3. Shift into 3rd gear.
  4. Have the vehicle tow-started with the clutch depressed and slowly release the clutch. After the engine starts, immediately depress the clutch completely again.
  5. Stop at a suitable location, remove the tow bar or rope and switch off the hazard warning flashers.
  6. Have the vehicle checked.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Tow-starting - 1

With xDrive: do not activate Hill Descent Control HDC when the vehicle is being

tow-started, page 82.

Indicator and warning lamps

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 1

text_image Control panel display showing car dashboard with gauges and indicator lights, labeled with numbers 1 and 2

Indicator and warning lamps can light up in a variety of combinations and colors. See the table for information on causes and how to react. Note whether a lamp comes on alone or in combination with another. Some lamps can light up in different colors. Corresponding distinctions are made in the text.

12 Cause What to do

Turn signals
≡DHigh beams/headlamp flasherswitched on
≠DFog lamps switched on
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 2Fasten safety belts Fasten your safety belt, refer also to page 43.
BRAKEBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 3Indication in US modelsParking brake applied Release the parking brake.
(1)BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 4Indication in Canadian modelsParking brake applied Release the parking brake.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 5Outside temperature warning Drive cautiously, refer also to page 71.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 6Lights up briefly:Approx. 2.1 US gallons/8 liters of fuel remain in the tankRemains on:Remaining operating range is no more than 30 miles/50 km, refer to page 72
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 7Engine refuses to start Depress the brake or clutch in order to start the engine, refer to page 51.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 8Ignition switched on and driver's door open Switch off the ignition, refer to page 50, or close the driver's door.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 9Parking lamps still on Switch off the parking lamps, refer to page 91.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 10Roadside parking lamps still on Switch off the roadside parking lamps, refer to page 93.

12 Cause What to do

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 11Door open
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 12Engine compartment lid open
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 13Lights up in red:Backrest of driver's seat or front passenger seat not lockedLock the backrest; otherwise, the safety belt will not provide protection in the event of an accident.
Lights up in yellow:Seat backrest monitor malfunctioningEngage the seat backrest. Have it checked by your nearest BMW center.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 14Lights up in red:Roof activation system failure Roof cannot be moved. If the retract-able hardtop does not lock, contact your nearest BMW center.
Roof activation system malfunctioningRoof movement incomplete. Please check if the roof is blocked, then press or pull the switch again.
Lights up in yellow:Roof drive overheated Roof activation temporarily limited to closing only.
Cargo area partition not in lowermost positionPress down the cargo area partition until it engages on both sides.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 15Vehicle not level, roof activation not possibleMove the vehicle to a level surface.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 16Rollover protection system malfunctioningHave the rollover protection system checked by your nearest BMW center.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 17Trunk lid open
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 18Gas cap is open Make sure that the gas cap is correctly positioned and close it until it audibly clicks. Do not jam the strap between the gas cap and the vehicle.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 19Windshield washer fluid level too low Add washer fluid as soon as possible, refer to page 62.

12 Cause What to do

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 20Lights up in red:Service due Arrange a service appointment.Check service requirements, refer to page 76.
Lights up in yellow:The engine will start the next time the start/stop button is touched, possibly without the brake or clutch being depressed
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 21Remote control malfunctioning or, in cars with Comfort Access, not detectedThe engine cannot be started. Have the remote control checked, if necessary.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 22Battery in remote control discharged Use the remote control for a longer jour-ney or, in cars with Comfort Access, replace the battery.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 23Belt tensioners and/or airbag system failedHave the system checked immediately.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 24Active steering defective You can continue your journey.Steering characteristics are modified and steering wheel could be off-center. Steer carefully.Have the system checked as soon as possible.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 25Steering assistance failed Markedly different steering response.You can continue your journey, but moderate your speed and exercise due caution.Have the system checked as soon as possible.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 26Lights up:Emergency Request system has failed or is malfunctioningHave the system checked as soon as possible.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 27Lights up in red:Engine malfunction Stop the car and switch off the engine.You cannot continue your journey.Contact your BMW center.
Lights up in yellow:Full engine power is no longer available You can continue your journey, but moderate your speed and exercise due caution. Have the engine checked as soon as possible.
1 2 Cause What to do
[WDZS]Indication in US models:
Warning lamp flashes:
Engine malfunction under high load. High engine load will result in damage to the catalytic converterYou can continue your journey, but moderate your speed and exercise due caution. Have the vehicle checked without delay.
Warning lamp comes on:
Engine malfunction with adverse effect on emissionsHave the car checked as soon as possible.
Indication in Canadian models:
Warning lamp flashes:
Engine malfunction under high load. High engine load will result in damage to the catalytic converterYou can continue your journey, but moderate your speed and exercise due caution. Have the vehicle checked without delay.
Warning lamp comes on:
Engine malfunction with adverse effect on emissionsHave the car checked as soon as possible.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 28Lights up in red:
Engine overheating Carefully bring the car to a stop, switch off the engine and allow it to cool down. Do not open the hood; otherwise, there is a risk of injury from scalding. Contact your BMW center.
Lights up in yellow:
Engine too hot Continue driving at more moderate speed so that the engine can cool down. Have the engine checked without delay if the situation reoccurs.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 29Lights up in red:
Battery is no longer being charged. Alternator malfunctionSwitch off all unnecessary electrical consumers. Have the power supply system checked without delay.
Lights up in yellow:
Battery charge level very low, battery aged or not securely connectedHave the battery checked as soon as possible.
BRAKEIndication in US models
Parking brake applied
(1)Indication in Canadian models
Parking brake applied

12 Cause What to do

BRAKEBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 30Indication in US modelsLights up in red:Brake fluid level too low Reduced braking effect, stop the car carefully. Contact your BMW center.Lights up in yellow:Drive-off assistant has failed. The car will not be held in place after the brake is releasedHave the system checked as soon as possible.
(1)BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 31Indication in Canadian modelsLights up in red:Brake fluid level too low Reduced braking effect, stop the car carefully. Contact your BMW center.Lights up in yellow:Drive-off assistant has failed. The car will not be held in place after the brake is releasedHave the system checked as soon as possible.
BRAKEBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 32Indication in US modelsBrake pads worn Have the condition of the brake pads checked without delay.
(2)BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 33Indication in Canadian modelsBrake pads worn Have the condition of the brake pads checked without delay.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 34Lights up in red: Have the system in question checked without delay.
Starter failed orIgnition malfunctioning. Engine restart only possible when brake is depressed orLighting system failed. Low beams/tail lamps and brake lamps still operational. All other lamps failedLights up in yellow:Control of the brake lamps failed or fuel supply malfunctioningThe engine cannot be restarted.Depress the brake to restart the engine.You can continue your journey, but moderate your speed and exercise due caution. Have the system in question checked without delay.
(A)Flashing:Dynamic Stability Control DSC or Dynamic Traction Control DTC is controlling drive and braking forces, refer also to page 81
1 2 Cause What to do
DTCBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 35Dynamic Traction Control DTC activated, refer also to page 81
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 36Dynamic Stability Control DSC and Dynamic Traction Control DTC deactivated, refer also to page 81Driving stability limited during acceleration and cornering.Driving style must be readjusted.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 37Suspension control system failed, refer also to page 80Driving stability limited during acceleration and cornering.You can continue your journey, but moderate your speed and exercise due caution. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 38xDrive has failed, refer also to page 82You can continue your journey. Drive cautiously and think well ahead. Avoid driving on rough tracks, full-throttle operation and use of the transmission's kickdown mode. Have the system checked immediately.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 39xDrive and DSC have failed, refer also to page 82You can continue your journey. Drive cautiously and think well ahead. Avoid driving on rough tracks, full-throttle operation and use of the transmission's kickdown mode. Have the system checked immediately.
ABSBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 40Indication in US models
BRAKEThe driving stability control systems, including ABS and the Tire Pressure Monitor, have failed, refer also to page 80You can continue your journey.Reduced braking and driving stability.Drive at moderate speed, avoid sudden braking if possible. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 41Indication* in Canadian models
The driving stability control systems, including ABS and the Flat Tire Monitor or Tire Pressure Monitor*, have failed, refer also to page 80You can continue your journey.Reduced braking and driving stability.Drive at moderate speed, avoid sudden braking if possible. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 42Indication* in Canadian models
The driving stability control systems, including ABS and the Flat Tire Monitor or Tire Pressure Monitor*, have failed, refer also to page 80You can continue your journey.Reduced braking and driving stability.Drive at moderate speed, avoid sudden braking if possible. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

12 Cause What to do

ABSBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 43Indication in US models
BRAKEThe driving stability control systems, including ABS, xDrive and the Flat Tire Monitor, have failedYou can continue your journey. Reduced braking and driving stability. Drive at moderate speed, avoid sudden braking if possible. Avoid driving on rough tracks, full-throttle operation and use of the transmission's kickdown mode. Have the system checked immediately.
!
ABSBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 44Indication* in Canadian models
!The driving stability control systems, including ABS, xDrive and the Flat Tire Monitor, have failedYou can continue your journey. Reduced braking and driving stability. Drive at moderate speed, avoid sudden braking if possible. Avoid driving on rough tracks, full-throttle operation and use of the transmission's kickdown mode. Have the system checked immediately.
!
ABSBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 45Indication* in Canadian models
!The driving stability control systems, including ABS, xDrive and the Flat Tire Monitor, have failedYou can continue your journey. Reduced braking and driving stability. Drive at moderate speed, avoid sudden braking if possible. Avoid driving on rough tracks, full-throttle operation and use of the transmission's kickdown mode. Have the system checked immediately.
!
ABSBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 46Indication in US models
BRAKEVehicle electronics failed You cannot continue your journey. Contact your BMW center.
!
ABSBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 47Indication* in Canadian models
!Vehicle electronics failed You cannot continue your journey. Contact your BMW center.
!
ABSBMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Indicator and warning lamps - 48Indication* in Canadian models
!Vehicle electronics failed You cannot continue your journey. Contact your BMW center.
!

12 Cause What to do

!!Vehicles with Flat Tire Monitor*Light up in yellow and red:
Tire is deflatedCarefully bring the car to a stop.Comply with the additional information starting on page 83.
Flat Tire Monitor not initializedInitialize Flat Tire Monitor, refer to page 83.
Light up in yellow:
Flat Tire Monitor failed. Punctures are not indicatedHave the system checked.
!!Vehicles with Tire Pressure Monitor*Light up in yellow and red:
There is a flat tire or substantial loss of tire pressureCarefully bring the car to a stop.Comply with the additional information starting on page 84.
!!Vehicles with Tire Pressure Monitor*Light up in yellow:
Tire Pressure Monitor not initialized Check the inflation pressure and reset the system, refer to page 85
The small lamp flashes in yellow and then lights up continuously; the larger lamp comes on in yellow:
Tire Pressure Monitor has failed.Punctures are not indicatedHave the system checked.
A wheel without TPM electronics has been mountedHave the system checked.
Interference from systems or devices that use the same radio frequency. The system automatically reactivates once it is outside of the field of interference

12 Cause What to do

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Cause What to do - 1

Lights up in red:

Transmission limp-home program active with restricted range of gears, possibly with reduced acceleration.
Gears can be engaged without depressing the brake
You can continue your journey, but moderate your speed and exercise due caution. Have the system checked without delay.
Always depress the brake to engage a gear.
Transmission limp-home program active with restricted range of gears
You can continue your journey, but moderate your speed and exercise due caution. Have the system checked without delay.
Automatic selector lever locked: Selector lever locked in position P with engine running or ignition switched on and brake depressed
Overriding selector lever lock, refer to page 55.
Transmission position P malfunctioning:
Selector lever locked in position P with engine running or ignition switched on and brake depressed
Release parking lock, refer to page 58. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
Brake signal malfunctioning: gear can be engaged without depressing the brake
To engage a gear while the vehicle is at a standstill, always step on the brake. Before leaving the vehicle, engage P and switch off the engine.

Lights up in yellow:

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Lights up in yellow: - 1

Lights up in red:

Transmission overheating Bring the car to a stop and engage P.

Allow the transmission to cool down. You can continue your journey, but moderate your speed and exercise due caution. Have the system checked if the situation reoccurs.

Lights up in yellow:

Transmission too hot Avoid high engine loads. You can continue your journey, but moderate your speed and exercise due caution.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Lights up in yellow: - 1

P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 1

Selector lever position P not engaged. Ignition cannot be switched off

Engage selector lever position P when you wish to switch off the ignition, refer to page 50.

12 Cause What to do

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 2Selector lever malfunctioning You can continue your journey. Shift again if necessary. Have the system checked if the situation reoccurs.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 3Brake signal malfunctioning: gear can be engaged without depressing the brakeTo engage a gear while the vehicle is at a standstill, always step on the brake.Switch off the engine before leaving the vehicle. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 4Pinch protection system of the power windows malfunctioningHave the system checked.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 5Pinch protection system of the electric glass roof malfunctioningHave the system checked.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 6Cruise control deactivated:Driving stability control systems are active orparking brake is applied orthe vehicle has not achieved a speed of 20 mph or 30 km/h orengaged gear not suitable for the speed being driven
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 7Cruise control system failed You can continue your journey.Have the system checked.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 8Active cruise control deactivated:Driving stability control systems are active orparking brake is applied orthe vehicle has not achieved a speed of 20 mph or 30 km/h orengaged gear not suitable for the speed being driven orRadar sensor dirtyKeep a safe distance.Clean the radar sensor, refer to page 68.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 9Active cruise control failed Keep a safe distance.Have the system checked.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 10Park Distance Control failed Have the system checked.
1 2 CauseWhat to do
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 11▷ High-beam assistant inactiveClean the sensor field on the front of the interior rearview mirror, refer to page 94.
▷ High-beam assistant malfunctioningHave the system checked by your nearest BMW center.
▷ Sensitivity of the high-beam assistant has been changedThere is a risk that oncoming traffic may be blinded. Have the system checked by your nearest BMW center.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 12Bulb of exterior lighting system failed Have the exterior lighting checked as soon as possible.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 13Low-beam headlamp or fog lamp failed Have the low beams checked as soon as possible.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 14High-beam headlamp failed Have the high-beam headlamps checked.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 15Adaptive light control failed
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 16Coolant level too low Add coolant immediately, refer to page 147.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 17Engine oil pressure too low Stop immediately and switch off the engine. You cannot continue your journey. Contact your BMW center.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 18Engine oil level too low Add engine oil immediately; refer to page 145 for more information.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 19Lights up in red:Service appointment overdue Arrange a service appointment.Check service requirements, refer to page 76.
Lights up in yellow:Service due Arrange a service appointment.Check service requirements, refer to page 76.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 20No service due Check service requirements, refer to page 76.
BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 21Time and date no longer correctSet the time and date, refer to page 77.

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - P is not engaged. Vehicle not prevented from rolling - 22

text_image TOMBERY HAGLICK Online Edition for Part no. 01 41 2 604 304 - © 02/10 BMW AG

Reference

This chapter contains technical data and an index that will help you find information most quickly.

Technical data

Engine data

Coupe

328i/xDrive 335i/xDrive 335is
Displacement cu in/cm ^3 182.8/2,996 181.8/2,979 181.8/2,979
Number of cylinders 6 6 6
Maximum power output hp 230 300 335
at engine speed rpm 6,500 5,800 5,900
Maximum torque lb ft/Nm 200/270 300/407 332/450
at engine speed rpm 2,750 1,400-5,000 1,500

Convertible

328i335i 335is
Displacement cu in/cm ^3 182.8/2,996 181.8/2,979 181.8/2,979
Number of cylinders 6 6 6
Maximum power output hp 230 300 335
at engine speed rpm 6,500 5,800 5,900
Maximum torque lb ft/Nm 200/270 300/407 332/450
at engine speed rpm 2,750 1,400-5,000 1,500

Dimensions

Coupe

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Coupe - 1

text_image 54.9 / 1,395 78.1 / 1,985 70.2 / 1,782 108.7 / 2,760 180.6 / 4,588

All dimensions given in inches/mm.
Smallest turning circle dia.: 36.1 ft/11.0 m, with xDrive: 38.7 ft/11.8 m.
335i, 335i xDrive, 335is: height approx. 54.1 in/1,375 mm

Convertible

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Convertible - 1

text_image 54.5 / 1,384 78.1 / 1,985 70.2 / 1,782 108.7 / 2,760 180.6 / 4,588

All dimensions given in inches/mm.
Smallest turning circle dia.: 36.1 ft/11.0 m.
335is height approx. 54.0 in/1,370 mm

Weights

Coupe

328i 328i335i 335i
xDrivexDrive
Approved gross weight
▷ with manual transmissionIbs/kg4,288/1,9454,508/2,0454,486/2,0354,663/2,115
▷ with automatic transmissionIbs/kg4,354/1,9754,552/2,0654,508/2,0454,685/2,125
Load Ibs/kg 882/400 882/400 882/400 882/400
Approved front axle loadIbs/kg 2,061/9352,227/1,0102,172/9852,326/1,055
Approved rear axle loadIbs/kg 2,425/1,1002,447/1,1102,469/1,1202,513/1,140
Approved roof load capacityIbs/kg165/75165/75165/75165/75
Cargo area capacitycu ft/liters15.5/44015.5/44015.2/43015.2/430

335is

Approved gross weight
▷ with manual transmission lbs/kg4,497/2,040
▷ Sports automatic transmis-sion with double clutch4,519/2,050
Load lbs/kg882/400
Approved front axle load lbs/kg2,183/990
Approved rear axle load lbs/kg2,513/1,140
Approved roof load capacity lbs/kg165/75
Cargo area capacity cu ft/liters15.2/430

Convertible

328i 335i 335is

Approved gross weight

with manual transmission lbs/kg 4,707/2,135 4,817/2,185 4,839/2,195
with automatic transmission lbs/kg 4,773/2,165 4,839/2,195 –
Sports automatic transmission with double clutch lbs/kg -- 4,872/2,210

Load lbs/kg 838/380 838/380 838/380

Approved front axle load lbs/kg 2,138/970 2,205/1,000 2,227/1,010

Approved rear axle load lbs/kg 2,646/1,200 2,646/1,200 2,646/1,200

Approved roof load capacity lbs/kg ---

Cargo area capacitycu ft/7.4-12.4/7.4-12.4/7.4-12.4/
liters210-350210-350210-350

Capacities

Notes
Fuel tankUS gal/litersapprox. 16.1/61Fuel grade: page 129
including reserve ofUS gal/litersapprox. 2.1/8.0
Window washer systemFor more details: page 62
including headlamp washersUS qt/litersapprox. 6.3/6.0

Everything from A to Z

Index

A

ABS Antilock Brake System 80

ACC, refer to Active cruise control 64

Acceleration assistant, refer to Launch Control 59

Accident, refer to Sending an Emergency Request 159

Activated-charcoal filter for automatic climate control 103

Active Cruise Control

-indicator lamp 67

- malfunction 68

-selecting distance 66

- sensor 68

Active cruise control 64

Active steering 87

Adaptive brake light

- Brake Force Display 87

Adaptive light control 93

Additives

- coolant 147

Adjusting temperature inside the car, refer to Air conditioner 98

Adjusting temperature inside the car, refer to Automatic climate control 100

Adjusting the thigh support 37

Airbags 88

-indicator/warning lamp 89

– sitting safely 36

Air conditioner 97

Air conditioning mode

- air conditioner 98

- automatic climate control 100

- ventilation 99, 102

Air distribution

- automatic 101

- individual 98

- manual 98

Airing, refer to Ventilation 99, 102

Air outlets, refer to Air vents 97

Air pressure, refer to Tire inflation pressure 130

Air recirculation, refer to Recirculated-air mode 98, 101

Air supply

- air conditioner 98

- automatic climate control 100

- ventilation 99, 102

Air vents 97

Air volume 98, 101

AKI, refer to Fuel specifications 129

Alarm system 26

- avoiding unintentional alarms 27

- interior motion sensor 27

- switching off an alarm 26

- tilt alarm sensor 26

ALL program 102

All-season tires, refer to Winter tires 143

All-wheel drive, refer to xDrive 81

Ambient air, refer to Recirculated-air mode 98, 101

Antifreeze

- coolant 147

- washer fluid 62

Antilock Brake System ABS 80

Anti-theft alarm system, refer to Alarm system 26

Anti-theft system 19

Approved axle loads, refer to Weights 181

Approved gross vehicle weight, refer to Weights 181

Armrest, refer to Center armrest 108

Ashtray 110

Assist systems, refer to Driving stability control 80

AUC Automatic recirculated-air control 101

Audio device, external 108

Automatic

– air distribution 101

- air volume 101

-cruise control 62, 64

- headlamp control 91

Automatic car washes 150

Automatic climate control 97

Automatic curb monitor 45

Automatic high beams and low beams, refer to High-beam assistant 94

Automatic recirculated-air control AUC 101

Automatic transmission with Steptronic 53

- interlock 53

- overriding selector lever lock 55

- shiftlock, refer to Changing selector lever position 53

- sport program 54

- towing 161

-tow-starting 161

AUTO program for automatic climate control 101

AUX-IN

- port 108

Average fuel consumption 73

- setting the units 75

Average speed 73

Avoiding unintentional alarms 27

Axle loads, refer to Weights 181

B

Backrest contour, refer to Lumbar support 38

Backrests, refer to Seat adjustment 37

Backrest width adjustment 38

Back seats

– refer to Rear seats 40

Bag holder 112

Band-aids, refer to First aid pouch 160

Bar, refer to Towing methods 163

Base plate for telephone or mobile phone

– refer to Snap-in adapter in the center armrest storage compartment 108

Battery 158

- charging 158

– disposal 29, 158

-jump-starting 160

- remote control 18

-replacing 158

- temporary power failure 158

Battery renewal

- remote control 29

- remote control for vehicle 29

Being towed 162

Belt hand-over 43

- pinch protection system 44

Belts, refer to Safety belts 43

Belt tensioner, refer to Safety belts 43

Beverage holders, refer to Cupholders 109

Black ice, refer to Outside temperature warning 71

Blinds, refer to Roller sun blinds 107

Blower, refer to Air volume 98, 101

Bluetooth, refer to separate Owner's Manual

BMW

-car shampoo 153

BMW Homepage 4

BMW Maintenance System 148

BMW webpage 4

Bottle holders, refer to Cupholders 109

Brake Assist, refer to Dynamic Brake Control DBC 80

Brake fluid, refer to Service requirements 76

Brake Force Display 87

Brake lamps

- Brake Force Display 87

Brake pads 120

- breaking in 120

Brake rotors 123

- brakes 120

- breaking in 120

Brakes

- ABS 80

- BMW Maintenance System 148

- Brake Force Display 87

- breaking in 120

- parking brake 52

– service requirements 76

Brakes, refer to Braking safely 122

Brake system 120

– BMW Maintenance System 148

- breaking in 120

- disc brakes 123

Breakdown services, refer to Roadside Assistance 159

Breaking in the clutch 120

Breaking in the differential, refer to Engine and differential 120

Break-in period 120

Bulb changing, refer to Lamps and bulbs 154

Button for starting the engine, refer to Start/stop button 50

Buttons on the steering wheel 11

C

California Proposition 65 warning 6

Calling, refer to Telephone owner's manual

Can holders, refer to Cupholders 109

Capacities 182

Capacity of the cargo area 181

Car battery, refer to Vehicle battery 158

Car care, refer to Care 150

Care 150

- automatic car washes 150

-care products 150

-carpets 152

- CD/DVD drives 153

-chrome parts 152

– displays 153

- exterior 150

– fine wood parts 153

- headlamps 151

– high-pressure washer 151

- interior 152

– leather 152

-light-alloy wheels 152

-paintwork 151

- plastic parts 153

-retractable hardtop 151

-rubber seals 152

-safety belts 153

-sensors and cameras 153

- upholstery and cloth trim 152

- washing the car manually 151

- windows 151

Cargo, securing 124

Cargo area

- capacity 181

- Comfort Access 28

– folding up the floor panel 113

– lamp, refer to Interior lamps 95

- opening from inside 24

– opening from outside 25

Cargo loading 123

-securing cargo 124

-stowing cargo 124

- vehicle 123

Car jack

-jacking points 157

Car key, refer to Integrated key/remote control 18

Car phone

- installation location, refer to Center armrest 108

– refer to separate Owner's Manual

Car shampoo 153

Catalytic converter, refer to Hot exhaust system 121

Center armrest 108

Center brake lamp

-replacing bulb 156

Center console, refer to Around the center console 14

Central locking

- from inside 23

– from outside 19

Central locking system 19

- Comfort Access 27

- hotel function 25

– setting unlocking characteristics 20

Changes, technical, refer to For your own safety 5

Changing bulbs, refer to Lamps and bulbs 154

Changing gears 57

Changing wheels 157

Chassis number, refer to Engine compartment 145

Check Control 77

Child restraint fixing system LATCH 48

Child restraint systems47

Child seats, refer to Transporting children safely 47

Chrome parts 153

Chrome polish153

Cigarette lighter, refer to Lighter 110

Cleaning headlamps 61

- washer fluid 62

Cleaning your BMW, refer to Care 150

Climate control

– automatic air distribution 101

Clock 71

- 12h/24h format 75

- setting time 77

Closing

– from inside 23

– from outside 19

Clothes hooks 109

Cockpit 10

Cold start, refer to Starting the engine 51

Comfort Access 27

-replacing the battery29

Comfort access, refer to Comfort Access 27

Comfort area, refer to Around the center console 14

Compartment for remote control, refer to Ignition lock 50

Compass 106

Computer 72

Condensation, refer to When the vehicle is parked 123

Condition Based Service CBS 148

Configuring settings, refer to Personal Profile 18

Confirmation signals for locking/unlocking the vehicle 21

Connecting vacuum cleaner, refer to Connecting electrical appliances 110

Consumption, refer to Average fuel consumption 73

Controls and displays 10

Convenient loading in Convertible 21

Convenient operation

- glass roof 20

– glass roof with Comfort Access 28

– retractable hardtop 20

- windows 20

– windows with Comfort Access 28

Convertible

- bag holder 112

- convenient loading 21

– enlarging cargo area 111

– folding down rear backrest 112

-retractable hardtop32

- rollover protection system 90

Coolant 147

-checking level 147

Coolant temperature 72

Cooling, maximum 101

Cooling fluid, refer to Coolant 147

Cooling system, refer to Coolant 147

Copyright 2

Corner-illuminating lamps

-replacing bulbs 155

Corner-illuminating lamps, refer to Adaptive light control 93

Cornering lamps, refer to Adaptive light control 93

Correct tires 142

Courtesy lamps, refer to Interior lamps 95

Cruise control 62

- active 64

- malfunction 64

Cruise control, refer to Active cruise control 64

Cruising range 73

Cupholders 109

Curb weight, refer to Weights 181

D

Dashboard, refer to Cockpit 10

Dashboard, refer to instrument cluster 12

Dashboard lighting, refer to Instrument lighting 95

Data, technical 178

- capacities 182

-dimensions 179

- engine 178

- weights 181

Data memory 149

Date

- setting 77

Daytime running lights 92

-replacing bulbs 155

DBC Dynamic Brake Control 80

Deactivating front passenger airbags 88

Deadlocking, refer to Locking 20

Defect

- door lock 23

– fuel filler flap 128

- glass roof 31

Defogging windows 99

Defrost, windows 99

Defrosting windows and removing condensation

- air conditioner 99

Defrosting windshield, refer to Defrosting windows 99

Defrost position, refer to Defrosting windows 99

Digital clock 71

Digital compass 106

Dimensions 179

Directional indicators, refer to Turn signals 60

Displacement, refer to Engine data 178

Display lighting, refer to Instrument lighting 95

Displays, refer to Instrument cluster 12

Displays and controls 10

Disposal

- coolant 147

- remote control battery 29

- vehicle battery 158

Distance remaining to service, refer to Service requirements 76

Distance warning, refer to Park Distance Control PDC 79

Door key, refer to Remote control with integrated key 18

Door lock 23

Doors, emergency operation 23

DOT Quality Grades 140

Draft-free ventilation 99, 102

Drinks holders, refer to Cupholders 109

Drive mode 56

Drive-off assistance, refer to Dynamic Stability Control DSC 80

Drive-off assistant 82

Driving dynamics control 58

Driving lamps, refer to Parking lamps/low beams 91

Driving notes 120

Driving off on hills, refer to Drive-off assistant 82

Driving stability control systems 80

Driving through water 122

Driving tips, refer to Driving notes 120

Dry air, refer to Cooling function 102

DSC Dynamic Stability Control 80

DTC Dynamic Traction Control 81

-indicator/warning lamp 81

Dynamic Brake Control DBC 80

Dynamic Stability Control DSC 80

-indicator/warning lamp 81

Dynamic Traction Control DTC

-indicator/warning lamp 81

E

EBV Electronic brake-force distribution 80

Electrical defect

- 7-gear Sports automatic transmission with double clutch 58

Electrical malfunction

- door lock 23

– driver's door 23

– fuel filler flap 128

-glass roof 31

Electric seat adjustment 38

Electric steering wheel lock

– with Comfort Access 28

Electronic brake-force distribution EBV 80

Electronic oil level check 145

Electronic Stability Program ESP, refer to Dynamic Stability Control DSC 80

Emergency actuation, automatic transmission, refer to Overriding selector lever lock 55

Emergency operation

– fuel filler flap, manual release 128

Emergency operation, refer to Closing manually

- glass roof 31

Emergency operation, refer to Manual operation

- door lock 23

Emergency release

- trunk lid from inside 25

Emergency Request 159

Emergency services, refer to Roadside Assistance 159

Energy, saving

– saving fuel 120

Engine

- breaking in 120

-data 178

– overheated, refer to Coolant temperature 72

-speed 178

-starting 51

-starting, Comfort Access 27

– switching off 51

Engine compartment 145

Engine coolant, refer to Coolant 147

Engine oil

- adding 146

- alternative oil types 147

– BMW Maintenance System 148

-capacity 182

-checking level 145

- intervals between changes, refer to Service requirements 76

Engine output, refer to Engine data 178

Engine speed, refer to Engine data 178

Engine starting, refer to Starting the engine 51

Entry lamps, refer to Interior lamps 95

Error messages, refer to Check Control 77

ESP Electronic Stability Program, refer to Dynamic Stability Control DSC 80

Exhaust system, refer to Hot exhaust system 121

Exterior mirrors 44

-adjusting 44

- automatic dimming feature 45

- automatic heating 44

-folding in and out 44

External audio device 108

Eyes

– for tow-starting and towing away 162

– for tying down loads 124

F

Failure messages, refer to Check Control 77

Failure of an electrical consumer 158

False alarm

- avoiding unintentional alarm 27

– switching off an alarm 26

Fastening safety belts, refer to Safety belts 43

Filter

– refer to Microfilter/activated-charcoal filter for automatic climate control 103

– refer to Microfilter for air conditioner 99

First aid pouch 160

Fixture for remote control, refer to Ignition lock 50

Flash when locking/unlocking 21

Flat tire

- run-flat tires 142

– Tire Pressure Monitor TPM 84

Flat Tire Monitor FTM 83

-indicating a flat tire 84

-indicator/warning lamp 84

- initializing the system 83

– snow chains 83, 143

– system limits 83

Flat tires, refer to Tire condition 141

Fluid reservoir, refer to Washer fluid reservoir 62

Fog lamps 95

-indicator lamp 95,164

Folding up the floor panel 113

Footbrake, refer to Braking safely 122

Footwell lamps, refer to Interior lamps 95

For your own safety 5

Four-wheel drive, refer to xDrive 81

Front airbags 88

FTM, refer to Flat Tire Monitor 83

Fuel 129

- average consumption 73

-gauge 72

– high-quality brands 129

- quality 129

– specifications 129

- tank contents, refer to Capacities 182

Fuel clock, refer to Fuel gauge 72

Fuel consumption indicator

– average fuel consumption 73

Fuel display, refer to Fuel gauge 72

Fuel filler flap 128

– releasing in the event of electrical malfunction 128

Fuses 158

G

Garage door opener, refer to Integrated universal remote control 104

Gasoline

– refer to Average consumption 73

Gasoline, refer to Required fuel 129

Gasoline display, refer to Fuel gauge 72

Gear indicator, automatic transmission with Steptronic 53

Gear indicator, refer to Displays in the instrument cluster 55

Gearshift lever 55

- automatic transmission with Steptronic 53

- manual transmission 52

Gearshifts

- automatic transmission with Steptronic 53

- manual transmission 52

General driving notes 121

Glass roof, electric 30

– closing after electrical malfunction 31

- convenient operation 20, 23

- initializing 31

- opening, closing 31

– operation with Comfort Access 28

– pinch protection system 31

-power failure 31

- raising 30

- remote control 20

Glove compartment 107

Grills, refer to Air vents 97

Gross vehicle weight, refer to Weights 181

H

Handbrake, refer to Parking brake 52

Hands-free system 14

Hazard warning flashers 14

HDC Hill Descent Control 82

Head airbags 88

Headlamp control, automatic 91

Headlamp flasher 60

-indicator lamp 11, 14, 164

Head restraints 39

- rear, removing 40

- sitting safely 36

Heated

-mirrors 44

- rear window 99, 102

- seats 41

- steering wheel 46

Heating 97

- mirrors 44

- rear window 99, 102

-seats41

- steering wheel 46

Heating and ventilation, refer to Climate 97

Heavy loads, refer to Stowing cargo 124

Height, refer to Dimensions 179

Height adjustment

-seats37

- steering wheel 46

High-beam assistant 94

High beams 93

- headlamp flasher 93

-indicator lamp 164

High beams and low beams, automatic, refer to High-beam assistant 94

High-pressure washer 150, 151

High water, refer to Driving through water 122

Hill Descent Control HDC 82

Hills 122

Holders for cups 109

Homepage BMW 4

Hood 144

Hooks for shopping bags 113

Horn 10, 11

Hotel function, refer to Locking or unlocking separately 25

Hot exhaust system 121

Hydraulic brake assist, refer to Dynamic Brake Control 80

Hydroplaning 122

I

Ice warning, refer to Outside temperature warning 71

Identification marks

- run-flat tires 142

- tire coding 140

Ignition 50

- switched off 51

– switched on 50

Ignition key, refer to Remote control with integrated key 18

Ignition key position 1, refer to Radio readiness 50

Ignition key position 2, refer to Ignition on 50

Ignition lock 50

Imprint 2

Indicator and warning lamps 13

– Tire Pressure Monitor TPM 85

Indicator and warning lamps, overview 164

Individual air distribution 98

Inflation pressure, refer to Tire inflation pressure 130

Inflation pressure monitoring, refer to Tire Pressure Monitor TPM 84

Initializing

- after power failure 158

- compass, refer to Calibrating 107

- Flat Tire Monitor FTM 83

-glass roof 31

Installation location

- telephone 108

Instrument cluster 12

Instrument combination, refer to Instrument cluster 12

Instrument lighting 95

Instrument panel, refer to Cockpit 10

Integrated key 18

Integrated universal remote control 104

Interior lamps 95

- remote control 20

Interior motion sensor 27

Interior rearview mirror 45

- automatic dimming feature 45

- compass 106

Interlock, refer to Disengaging the remote control 53

Intermittent mode of the wipers 61

J

Jacking points 157

Jumpering, refer to Jump-starting 160

Jump-starting 160

K

Key, refer to Integrated key/remote control 18

Keyless go, refer to Comfort Access 27

Keyless opening and closing, refer to Comfort Access 27

Key Memory, refer to Personal Profile 18

Kickdown 53

- automatic transmission with Steptronic 53

Knock control 129

L

Lamps

- automatic headlamp control 91

- parking lamps/low beams 91

Lamps and bulbs, replacing bulbs 154

Lap-and-shoulder belt, refer to Safety belts 43

Lashing eyes, refer to Securing cargo 124

LATCH child restraint fixing system 48

Launch Control 59

Leather care 152

LED Light-emitting diodes 154

Length, refer to Dimensions 179

License plate lamp, replacing bulb 156

Light

– high-beam assistant 94

Light-alloy wheels 152

Light-emitting diodes LED 154

Lighter 110

- connecting electrical appliances 110

Lighting

-instruments 95

-lamps and bulbs 154

- vehicle, refer to Lamps 91

Light switch 91

Load 124

Load securing equipment, refer to Securing cargo 124

Lock buttons, doors, refer to Locking 24

Locking

- adjusting confirmation signal 21

- from inside 24

– from outside 20

– without remote control, refer to Comfort Access 27

Locking and unlocking doors

- confirmation signals 21

- from inside 23

- from outside 19

Low beam control, refer to High-beam assistant 94

Low-beam headlamps 91

- automatic 91

– indicator lamp, defective bulb 174

Lower back support, refer to Lumbar support 38

Luggage rack, refer to Roof-mounted luggage rack 125

Lumbar support 38

M

M+S tires, refer to Winter tires 143

Maintenance, refer to Service Booklet

Maintenance system 148

Malfunction

- automatic transmission with Steptronic 55

- tires 84

Malfunction warnings, refer to Check Control 77

Manual air distribution 98

Manual car wash 151

Manually unlocking parking lock 58

Manual mode, automatic transmission with Steptronic 54

Manual operation

- door lock 23

– driver's door 23

– fuel filler flap 128

- glass roof 31

- parking lock 58

– parking lock, automatic transmission 55

Manual transmission 52

Master key, refer to Remote control with integrated key 18

Maximum cooling 101

Maximum speed

– with winter tires 143

Measurements, refer to Dimensions 179

Memory, refer to Seat and mirror memory 41

Microfilter

– BMW Maintenance System 148

– for air conditioner 99

– for automatic climate control 103

Microfilter/activated-charcoal filter

– BMW Maintenance System 148

Microphone

- telephone 14

Mirror dimming feature 45

Mirrors 44

- automatic curb monitor 45

- exterior mirrors 44

- heating 44

- interior rearview mirror 45

– memory, refer to Seat and mirror memory 41

Mirrors, folding in before entering a car wash 44

Mobile phone

- installation location, refer to Center armrest 108

– refer to separate Owner's Manual

Mobile phone, installation location, refer to Center armrest 108

Mobile phone, refer to the separate Owner's Manual

Modifications, technical, refer to For your own safety 5

Monitoring system for tire pressures, refer to Flat Tire Monitor 83

Multifunctional steering wheel, refer to Buttons on the steering wheel 11

Multifunction switch

– refer to Turn signals/headlamp flasher 60

– refer to Wiper system 61

N

Neck support, refer to Head restraints 39

Nets, refer to Storage compartments 108

Neutral 56

New tires 142

Next Service indicator, refer to Condition Based Service CBS 148

Number of cylinders, refer to Engine data 178

Nylon rope, refer to Tow rope 163

O

OBD socket, refer to Socket for Onboard Diagnosis 149

Octane ratings, refer to Fuel specifications 129

Odometer 71

Oil, refer to Engine oil 145

Oil consumption 145

Oil level 145

Old batteries, refer to Disposal 158

Onboard vehicle tool kit 154

Opening and closing

- Comfort Access 27

– from inside 23

- from outside 19

- using the door lock 23

- using the remote control 19

Outlets

– refer to Ventilation 99, 102

Outlets, refer to Air vents 97

Output, refer to Engine data 178

Outside-air mode

- automatic climate control 101

Outside temperature display 71

- changing unit of measure 75

-in computer 75

Outside temperature warning 71

Overheated engine, refer to Coolant temperature 72

Overriding selector lever lock 55

P

Paintwork care 151

Park assistant, refer to Park Distance Control 79

Park Distance Control PDC 79

Parking

- vehicle 51

Parking aid, refer to Park Distance Control PDC 79

Parking brake 52

-indicator lamp 52

Parking lamps 91

-replacing bulbs 155

Parking lamps/low beams 91

Passenger side mirror tilt function 45

Pathway lighting 91

Personal Profile 18

Pinch protection system

-glass roof,electric 31

- windows 30

Polish 153

Pollen

– refer to Microfilter/activated-charcoal filter for automatic climate control 103

– refer to Microfilter for air conditioner 99

Power failure 158

Power windows 29

Power windows, refer to Windows 29

Pressure, tires 130

Pressure monitoring, tires 83

- Flat Tire Monitor 83

Pressure monitoring of tires, refer to Tire Pressure Monitor TPM 84

Programmable buttons on the steering wheel 11

Protection function, refer to Pinch protection system

-glass roof,electric 31

- windows 30

Providing medical assistance, refer to First aid pouch 160

Puncture

- Flat Tire Monitor 83

R

Radio

– refer to separate Owner's Manual

Radio position, refer to Radio readiness 50

Radio readiness 50

- switched off 51

-switched on 50

Radio-remote key, refer to Remote control with integrated key 18

Rain sensor 61

Reading lamps 96

Rear lamps, refer to Tail lamps 156

Rear seats

- adjusting head restraints 40

– folding down backrests 111

Rear ventilation 103

Rearview mirror, refer to Mirrors 44

Rear window defroster 99, 102

Rear window roller blind, refer to Roller sun blinds 107

Recirculated-air mode 98, 101

Recirculation of air, refer to Recirculated-air mode 98, 101

Reclining seat, refer to Backrest 37

Refueling 128

Releasing - hood 144

Remaining distance, refer to Cruising range 73

Remote control 18

-battery renewal 29

- Comfort Access 27

- garage door opener 104

- malfunction 22, 28

- removing from the ignition lock 50

– service data 148

- trunk lid 21

Replacement fuses, refer to Fuses 158

Replacement remote control 18

Replacing bulbs, refer to Lamps and bulbs 154

Replacing tires 142

Replacing tires, refer to New wheels and tires 142

Reporting safety defects 6

Reserve warning, refer to Fuel gauge 72

Restraint systems

- for children 47

– refer to Safety belts 43

Retractable hardtop 32

– care, refer to Caring for your vehicle brochure

- convenient operation 20

- opening and closing 33

- remote control 20

Reverse gear 56

– automatic transmission with Steptronic 53

– manual transmission 53

Roadside Assistance 159

Roadside parking lamps 93

-replacing bulbs 155

Roadworthiness test, refer to Service requirements 76

Roller sun blinds 107

Rollover protection system, Convertible 90

- resetting 90

Roof load capacity 181

Roof-mounted luggage rack 125

Rope, refer to Tow-starting, towing away 163

RSC Runflat System Component, refer to Run- flat tires 142

Runflat System Component RSC, refer to Run-flat tires 142

Run-flat tires 142

- continuing driving with a damaged tire 84

- flat tire 84

- Flat Tire Monitor 84

– Inflation pressure 130

- new tires 142

- tire replacement 142

- winter tires 143

Runflat tyres, refer to Run-flat tires 142

S

Safety-belt height adjustment 43

Safety belts 43

-belt hand-over43

- damage 43

-indicator/warning lamp 43

- reminder 43

- sitting safely 36

Safety systems

-airbags 88

– Antilock Brake System ABS 80

- brake system 80

– driving stability control 80

– Dynamic Stability Control DSC 80

- rollover protection system, Convertible 90

- safety belts 43

Safety tires, refer to Run-flat tires 142

Saving fuel 120

Screw thread for tow fitting 162

Seat adjustment

- electric 38

- mechanical 37

Seat and mirror memory 41

Seat belt reminder, refer to "Fasten safety belts" reminder 43

Seat heating 41

Seats 37

-adjusting electrically 38

- adjusting the seats 37

- heating 41

– memory, refer to Seat and mirror memory 41

– saving a setting, refer to Seat and mirror memory 41

- sitting safely 36

Securing cargo 114, 115

Securing the vehicle

– from inside 23

- from outside 19

Selecting distance for active cruise control 66

Selector lever

– automatic transmission with Steptronic 53

Selector lever lock, refer to Changing selector lever positions, shiftlock 53

Selector lever positions 55

– automatic transmission with Steptronic 53

Service, refer to Roadside Assistance 159

Service car, refer to Roadside Assistance 159

Service data in the remote control 148

Service Interval Display, refer to Condition Based Service CBS 148

Service requirements 76

Settings

-clock, 12h/24h format 75

Settings and information 74

Shifting 57

- 7-gear Sports automatic transmission with double clutch 57

Shifting gears

– automatic transmission with Steptronic 54

- manual transmission 52

Shift into a drive position, refer to selector lever positions 55

Shiftlock

– automatic transmission, refer to Changing selector lever positions 53

Shift paddles on the steering wheel 57

Side airbags 88

Side windows, refer to Windows 29

Signal horn, refer to Horn 10, 11

Sitting safely 36

- with airbags 36

– with head restraint 36

– with safety belts 36

Ski bag 113

Ski bag for Convertible, refer to Through-loading opening with integrated transport bag 114

Sliding/tilt sunroof, refer to Glass roof, electric 30

Slot for remote control 50

Smokers' package, refer to Ashtray 110

Snap-in adapter, refer to Center armrest storage compartment 108

Socket, Onboard Diagnosis OBD 149

Socket, refer to Connecting electrical appliances 110

SOS, refer to Sending an Emergency Request 159

Spare fuses 158

Speed

- Run-flat tires 84

– with winter tires 143

Speedometer 12

Speed reading, refer to Speedometer 12

Sport program with 7-gear Sports automatic transmission with double clutch 57

Sports automatic transmission with double clutch 55

– driving dynamics control 58

- Kick-down 56

- Launch Control 59

– manually unlocking parking lock 58

- neutral 56

- reverse gear 56

Spray nozzles, refer to Cleaning windshield and headlamps 61

Stability control, refer to Driving stability control systems 80

Start/stop button 50

-starting the engine 51

– switching off the engine 51

Starting, refer to Starting the engine 51

Starting assistance, refer to Jump-starting 160

Starting difficulties

-jump-starting 160

Starting the engine

-start/stop button 50

Status of this Owner's Manual at time of printing 5

Steam jet 150, 151

Steering wheel 46

- adjustment 46

- buttons on steering wheel 11

- heating 46

-lock 50

- locking with Comfort Access 28

- shift paddles 57

Steering wheel buttons, refer to Shift paddles 57

Steering with variable ratio, refer to Active steering 87

Steptronic, refer to Automatic transmission with Steptronic 53

Storage 153

Storage compartments 108

Storage nets 113

Storing seat positions, refer to Seat and mirror memory 41

Storing tires 143

Stowage, refer to Storage compartments 108

Summer tires, refer to Wheels and tires 130

Switches, refer to Cockpit 10

Switching off

- engine 51

Switching off the engine

- start/stop button 50

Switching the cooling function on and off 102

Symbols 4

T

Tachometer 71

Tailgate, refer to Trunk lid 24

Tail lamp

-replacing bulb 156

Tail lamp, refer to Tail lamps 156

Tail lamps 156

– replacing bulb 156, 157

Tank contents, refer to Capacities 182

Technical data 178

- dimensions 179

Technical modifications, refer to For your own safety 5

Telephone

- installation location, refer to Center armrest 108

– refer to separate Owner's Manual

Temperature

- air conditioner 99

- automatic climate control 100

– coolant, refer to Coolant temperature 72

Temperature display

- outside temperature 71

- outside temperature warning 71

- setting the units 75

Tempomat, refer to Cruise control 62

Tensioning straps, refer to Securing cargo 124

The individual vehicle 5

Third brake lamp, refer to Center brake lamp 156

Through-loading opening with integrated transport bag 114

Through-loading system 111

Tilt alarm sensor 26

Tilt function, passenger side mirror 45

Tire inflation pressure 130

- loss 84

Tire pressure monitoring, refer to Flat Tire Monitor 83

Tire Pressure Monitor TPM 84

- resetting the system 85

– system limitations 84

– warning lamp 85

Tire puncture, refer to Flat Tire Monitor 84

Tire Quality Grading 140

Tires

- age 140, 142

- air loss 85

- breaking in 120

- changing, refer to Changing wheels 157

- condition 141

- damage 141

– inflation pressure 130

- labels 140

- minimum tread depth 141

– new wheels and tires 142

– pressure monitoring, refer to Flat Tire Monitor 83

– pressure monitoring, refer to Tire Pressure Monitor TPM 84

- puncture 84

-replacing 142

-size 140

- storage 143

- tread depth 141

- wear indicators, refer to Minimum tread depth 141

– wheel/tire combination, refer to Correct wheels and tires 142

- winter tires 143

Tools, refer to Onboard vehicle tool kit 154

Top, refer to Retractable hardtop 32

Torque, refer to Engine data 178

Tow bar 163

Tow fitting 162

- screw thread 162

Tow fittings for tow-starting and towing away 162

Towing 161

– car with automatic transmission 161

-methods 163

– with 7-gear Sports automatic transmission with double clutch 162

Towing and tow-starting 161

Tow rope 163

Tow-starting 161, 163

TPM, refer to Tire Pressure Monitor 84

Traction control, refer to Dynamic Stability Control DSC 80

Transmission

- 7-gear Sports automatic transmission with double clutch 55

- automatic transmission with Steptronic 53

– idle position 56

– Launch Control 59

- manually unlocking parking lock 58

- manual transmission 52

- overriding selector lever lock for automatic transmission with Steptronic 55

- reverse gear 56

Transmission interlock

– refer to Changing selector lever position 53

– refer to P Park 53

Transporting children safely 47

Transport securing devices, refer to Securing cargo 124

Tread depth, refer to Minimum tire tread 141

Trip-distance counter, refer to Trip odometer 71

Triple turn signal activation 60

Trip odometer 71

Trunk lid 24

- Comfort Access 28

- emergency release 25

- locking or unlocking separately 25

- opening from inside 24

- opening from outside 25

- remote control 21

Turning circle, refer to Dimensions 179

Turn signal indicators

-indicator/warning lamp 12

Turn signals 60

- triple turn signal 60

Tying down loads, refer to Cargo loading 124

U

Uniform Tire Quality Grading/UTQR 140

Units

- average fuel consumption 75

Units of measure

- temperature 75

Universal garage door opener, refer to Integrated universal remote control 104

Universal mobile phone preparation package, refer to separate Owner's Manual

Unlatching, refer to Unlocking 27

Unlocking

- from inside 24

– from outside 19

- setting unlocking characteristics 20

- trunk lid 28

– without remote control, refer to Comfort Access 27

V

Vehicle

- battery 158

- breaking in 120

-cargo loading 123

– Identification Number, refer to Engine compartment 145

– measurements, refer to Dimensions 179

- parking 51

- weight 181

Vehicle jack 157

Vehicle storage 153

Ventilation 102

- air conditioner 99

-draft-free 99,102

-in the rear 103

Ventilation, refer to Climate 97

Vents, refer to Air vents 97

Vents, refer to Ventilation 99, 102

Volume

– fuel tank, refer to Capacities 182

W

Warning and indicator lamps 13

Warning and indicator lamps, overview 164

Warning messages, refer to Check Control 77

Warning triangle 160

Washer fluid 62

– content of the reservoir 62

Washer fluid reservoir 62

Waste tray, refer to Ashtray 110

Water on roads, refer to Driving through water 122

Water penetration 150, 151

Wear indicators in tires, refer to Minimum tread depth 141

Weights 181

Welcome lamps 91

Wheel/tire combination, refer to Correct wheels and tires 142

Wheelbase, refer to Dimensions 179

Wheels, new 142

Wheels and tires 130

Width, refer to Dimensions 179

Wind deflector 33

Windows 29

– convenient operation 20

– convenient operation with Comfort Access 28

- opening, closing 29

– pinch protection system 30

Windows, defrosting 99

Windshield

- cleaning 61

– defrosting and removing condensation 99

Windshield wash 61

– filling capacity, reservoir 182

- nozzles 62

– reservoir for washer fluid 62

- washer fluid 62

Windshield wiper blades, changing 154

Windshield wipers, refer to Wiper system 61

Winter tires 143

- storage 143

Wiper blade replacement 154

Wiper system 61

Work in the engine compartment 144

Wrench/screwdriver, refer to Onboard vehicle tool kit 154

X

xDrive 81

Xenon lamps

-replacing bulb 155

Y

Your individual vehicle

- settings, refer to Personal Profile 18

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Y - 1

text_image More about BMW bmwusa.com The Ultimate Driving Machine

More about BMW

bmwusa.com

BMW 328i xDrive (2010) - Y - 2

The Ultimate Driving Machine

Table of contents Click a title to access it
Manual assistant
Powered by Anthropic
Waiting for your message
Product information

Brand : BMW

Model : 328i xDrive (2010)

Category : Automotive